OCEANEERING INTERNATIONAL INC
10-K405, 1996-06-21
OIL & GAS FIELD SERVICES, NEC
Previous: PHARMHOUSE CORP, DEF 14A, 1996-06-21
Next: OCEANEERING INTERNATIONAL INC, PRE 14A, 1996-06-21









                                      FORM 10-K

                          SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

                                Washington, D.C. 20549

          [X]      ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
                  THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 [FEE REQUIRED]

                       For the fiscal year ended March 31, 1996

                                          OR

          [ ]     TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
               OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 [NO FEE REQUIRED]

               For the transition period from __________ to __________

                            Commission file number 1-10945

                           OCEANEERING INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

     Delaware                                                         95-2628227
     (State or other jurisdiction                               (I.R.S. Employer
     of incorporation or organization)                       Identification No.)

                           16001 Park Ten Place, Suite 600
                                Houston, Texas   77084
                 (Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)
         Registrant's telephone number, including area code:  (713) 578-8868

             Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

                                                           Name of each exchange
     Title of each class                                     on which registered

     Common Stock, $0.25 par value                       New York Stock Exchange


             Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

                                         None

     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports
     required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act
     of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
     registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to
     such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes X, No .

     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item
     405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained,
     to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information
     statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any  
     amendment to this Form 10-K.  Yes X, No .

     Aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the
     registrant at May 31, 1996, based upon the closing sale price of the Common
     Stock on the New York Stock Exchange                           $377,769,000

     Number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at May 31, 1996     23,310,206


                         Documents Incorporated by Reference:

     Portions of the proxy statement to be filed on or before July 29, 1996,
     pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 to
     the extent set forth in Part III, Items 10-13 of this report.  





                           OCEANEERING INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                              Annual Report on Form 10-K



                                        INDEX



     PART I
               Item 1    Business
               Item 2    Properties
               Item 3    Legal Proceedings
               Item 4    Submission of Matters to a Vote of 
                         Security Holders
               Item 4a   Executive Officers of the Registrant

     PART II
               Item 5    Market for the Registrant's Common Equity
                         and Related Shareholder Matters
               Item 6    Selected Financial Data
               Item 7    Management's Discussion and Analysis of
                         Financial Condition and Results of Operations
          *    Item 8    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
               Item 9    Changes in and Disagreements with
                         Accountants on Accounting and Financial
                         Disclosure

     PART III
               Item 10   Directors and Executive Officers of the 
                         Registrant
               Item 11   Executive Compensation
               Item 12   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial
                         Owners and Management
               Item 13   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

     PART IV
               Item 14   Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
                         and Reports on Form 8-K


     SIGNATURES

     INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SCHEDULES


     *    Refers the reader to Part IV, Item 14.


                                        PART I

     Item 1.   BUSINESS.  

     General Development of Business

     Oceaneering International, Inc., (together with its subsidiaries,
     "Oceaneering" or the "Company") is an advanced applied technology company
     that provides engineered services and hardware to customers who operate in
     marine, space and other harsh environments.  The Company supplies a
     comprehensive range of integrated technical services to a wide array of
     industries and is one of the world's largest underwater services
     contractors.  Principal services are provided to the oil and gas industry
     and include drilling support, subsea construction, production systems,
     facilities maintenance and repair, survey and positioning and specialized
     onshore and offshore engineering and inspection.  Oceaneering was organized
     in 1969 out of the combination of three diving service companies founded in
     the early 1960s.  Since its establishment, the Company has concentrated on
     the development and marketing of underwater services requiring the use of
     advanced deepwater technology.  The Company conducts operations in the
     United States and 29 other countries.  The Company's international
     operations, principally in the North Sea, Africa, Far East and the Middle
     East, accounted for approximately 58% of its 1996 revenues, or $167
     million.

     Since 1990, the Company has concentrated on expanding its capabilities to
     provide technical solutions to customers operating in harsh environments. 
     It has accomplished this through acquisitions and internal growth.

     In January 1990, the Company acquired all of the outstanding capital stock
     of Sonsub Limited, a United Kingdom company, whose principal assets were
     ten work class Remotely Operated Vehicles ("ROVs").  ROVs are unmanned
     submersible vehicles operated from the surface that are used widely in the
     offshore oil and gas industry.

     In December 1990, the Company was awarded a contract by a major oil company
     to provide and maintain a Floating Production, Storage and Offloading
     system ("FPSO").  This represented the first major project for the
     Company's Offshore Production Systems division ("OPS") which was formed to
     develop economical production alternatives for offshore oil and gas fields.
     A 78,000 deadweight ton ("dwt") tanker was purchased and converted into an
     FPSO, the OCEAN PRODUCER, for this project.  The unit was delivered to its
     first location in December 1991 and is currently operating offshore Angola.

     In August 1992, the Company acquired Eastport International, Inc.,
     ("Eastport"), a designer, developer and operator of advanced robotic
     systems and ROVs specializing in the non-oilfield market, in a transaction
     accounted for as a pooling of interests.  All financial information herein
     has been restated to include the results of Eastport from Eastport's
     inception (June 21, 1989).  Eastport's assets included two specialized
     ROVs, one of which is rated for water depths to 25,000 feet, a deep tow
     sonar system and two other work class ROVs.

     In May 1993, the Company purchased the business and assets of the Space
     Systems Division of ILC Dover, Inc., ("ILC") which were consolidated with
     the Company's Oceaneering Space Systems division.  This business designs,
     develops and fabricates spacecraft hardware and high temperature insulation
     products.  

     In July 1993, the Company purchased Oil Industry Engineering, Inc., a
     designer and fabricator of subsea control systems, which now operates as
     the Oceaneering Intervention Engineering division ("OIE").  In March 1994,
     the Company purchased the operating subsidiaries of Multiflex International
     Inc., a manufacturer of subsea control umbilical cables, which now operates
     as the Oceaneering Multiflex division ("Multiflex").  Together with the
     Company's existing OPS division, these acquisitions form the basis of the
     Company's continuing expansion in the offshore field development business.

     In November 1995, the Company was awarded a contract with a major oil
     company for the provision of an FPSO.  The Company is converting a 268,000
     dwt tanker and the unit, the Company s second FPSO, the ZAFIRO PRODUCER, is
     targeted for delivery to its first operational location offshore West
     Africa in August 1996.

     The Company intends to continue its strategy of acquiring, as opportunities
     arise, additional assets or businesses, either directly through merger,
     consolidation or purchase, or indirectly through joint ventures.  The
     Company is also applying its skills and technology in further developing
     business unrelated to the oil and gas industry and performing services for
     government agencies and firms in the telecommunications, aerospace, and
     civil engineering and construction industries.  The Company is continually
     seeking opportunities for business combinations to improve its market
     position or expand into related service lines.

     Financial Information about Industry Segments

     The Company's business segments are Oilfield Marine Services, Offshore
     Field Development and Advanced Technologies.  The table containing
     revenues, operating income, identifiable assets, capital expenditures, and
     depreciation and amortization by business segment for the years ended March
     31, 1996, 1995 and 1994 is incorporated herein by reference from Note 6 of
     the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

     Description of Business

     OILFIELD MARINE SERVICES

     The Company's Oilfield Marine Services business consists of underwater
     intervention and above-water inspection, maintenance and repair.  All of
     these services are frequently provided to customers on an integrated basis.

     Underwater Intervention Services.  The Company provides underwater support
     services for all phases of offshore oil and gas operations - exploration,
     development and production.  During the exploration phase, the Company
     provides positioning, placement and monitoring of subsea exploration
     equipment, collects data on seafloor characteristics at proposed drilling
     sites and assists with the navigational positioning of drilling rigs. 
     During the development phase, the Company assists with the installation of
     production platforms and the connection of subsea pipelines.  During the
     production phase, the Company inspects, maintains and repairs offshore
     platforms, pipelines and subsea equipment.

     Underwater intervention services are performed by ROVs or divers.  ROVs are
     used at depths or in situations in which diving would be uneconomical or
     infeasible.  The Company believes that it operates the most technically
     advanced fleet of work class ROVs in the world, with about a 25% market
     share, and is the industry leader in providing ROV services on deepwater
     wells which are the most technically demanding.  ROVs are used for a
     variety of underwater tasks including drill support, installation and
     construction support, pipeline inspections and surveys, and subsea
     production facility installation, operation and maintenance.  An ROV may be
     outfitted with manipulators, sonar, television cameras, specialized tooling
     packages and other equipment or features to facilitate the performance of
     specific underwater tasks.  The Company currently owns more than 70 work
     class and inspection class ROVs.

     When a project requires manned intervention, the Company uses divers or
     Atmospheric Diving Systems ("ADS") technology.  An ADS encloses the
     operator in a one-atmosphere (surface pressure) diving suit and is suitable
     for use in water depths to 2,300 feet.  The Company does not use divers (as
     distinguished from ADS operators) to perform functions in water depths
     greater than 1,000 feet.

     The Company also provides a range of survey and navigational positioning
     services for the oil and gas industry, as well as ocean search and recovery
     projects.  Applications include surface positioning for rig moves and the
     installation of pipelines and platforms, subsea positioning and acoustics,
     geophysical surveys, deep tow surveys and pipeline surveys.

     Underwater services using all of these techniques are performed from
     drilling rigs, platforms, barges and vessels.

     Above-Water Inspection Services.  Through its Solus Schall division ("Solus
     Schall"), the Company offers a wide range of inspection services to
     customers required to obtain third party inspections to satisfy contractual
     structural specifications and requirements, internal safety standards or
     regulatory requirements.  Historically, the Company has focused on the
     inspection of pipelines and onshore fabrication of offshore facilities for
     the oil and gas industry.  The Company also conducts inspections of other
     industrial equipment.  Certain of Solus Schall's pipeline inspection
     activities are performed through the use of specialized X-ray crawlers,
     which travel independently inside pipelines, stopping to perform
     radiographic inspection of welds.  Solus Schall derives the majority of its
     revenues from foreign operations.

     In connection with Solus Schall's inspection services (both onshore and
     offshore), the Company developed a computer-aided method of managing
     inspection data, which consists of a software package that provides a
     standardized format for the storage, retrieval and analysis of multi-year
     inspection data.  Originally developed for platform inspections, the
     software has been expanded for use in the inspection of pipelines, vessels
     and refinery piping.


     OFFSHORE FIELD DEVELOPMENT

     Mobile Offshore Production Systems.  OPS was established as a division  
     during 1989 to provide subsea intervention services and the engineering,
     procurement, construction, installation and operation of mobile offshore
     production systems ("MOPS") to customers for marginal and remote field
     production and extended well testing.  The Company has been awarded several
     contracts pertaining to MOPS activities and subsea workover and maintenance
     needs, including deepwater extended well testing in the Gulf of Mexico and
     has served as prime contractor on an extended well testing project in the
     North Sea.  The Company's first FPSO, the OCEAN PRODUCER, has been
     operating offshore West Africa since December 1991.  The Company's second
     FPSO, the ZAFIRO PRODUCER, is targeted for delivery to its first location
     offshore West Africa in August 1996 to begin operations under a three-year
     contract with a major oil company.

     Subsea Products.  OIE, Multiflex and the Pipeline Repair Systems unit of
     the Company form the Subsea Products division which complements the
     activities of OPS.  OIE provides subsea intervention services, design and
     fabrication of ROV interface tooling, including ROV replaceable and ROV
     operable valves, and design and fabrication of subsea control systems.

     In March 1994, the Company acquired the business of Multiflex which has
     facilities in Houston, Texas and Edinburgh, Scotland for the production of
     subsea control umbilical cables.  These cables are used for the remote
     operation of subsea installations and equipment and typically incorporate
     both electrical and hydraulic control lines.

     ADVANCED TECHNOLOGIES

     The Company provides project management, engineering services and equipment
     to non-oilfield customers for applications in harsh environments.  The
     Company, through its Advanced Technologies ("ADTECH") segment, serves
     government agencies and firms in the telecommunications, aerospace, and
     civil engineering and construction industries.  This is accomplished by
     using existing assets and by extending the use of technology developed in
     oilfield operations to new applications.

     ADTECH performs work for customers having specialized requirements
     underwater or in other harsh environments.  ADTECH provides deep ocean
     search and recovery services for governmental bodies, including the U.S.
     Navy and the National Aeronautics and Space Administration ("NASA").  In
     other services for the Navy, Oceaneering provides various engineering and
     underwater services ranging from aircraft salvage and recovery operations
     to inspection and maintenance of the Navy's fleet of surface ships and
     submarines.  The Company also maintains and operates deepwater cable lay
     and maintenance vehicles for AT&T Corp.

     ADTECH designs and operates ROVs that are rated for work in water depths
     from the surface to 25,000 feet.  The more advanced ROVs owned by the
     Company are equipped with lighter umbilical cords containing optic fibers
     which allow for improved communications with the surface.  Other
     specialized equipment owned by the Company includes ROV cable lay and
     maintenance equipment rated to 5,000 feet and deep tow, side scan sonar
     systems rated for use in 20,000 feet.  The Company's deep tow systems have
     been used to locate downed aircraft in water depths to 14,700 feet.  

     ADTECH also designs and develops specialized tools and builds ROV systems
     to customer specifications for use in deepwater and hazardous environments.

     As part of ADTECH, Oceaneering Space Systems ("OSS") directs the Company's
     efforts towards applying undersea technology and experience in the space
     industry.  The Company has worked with NASA and NASA subcontractors on a
     variety of projects including portable life-support systems, decompression
     techniques, tools and robotic systems, and standards and guidelines to
     ensure robotic compatibility for space station equipment and payloads.  OSS
     is developing cryogenic life-support system technology for neutral buoyancy
     testing and future space missions. Related life-support technology has been
     developed for future use by environmental remediation workers and fire
     fighters.  OSS was expanded in 1994 by the purchase of the assets of ILC. 
     ILC had supported NASA by producing space shuttle crew support equipment,
     including the design, development and fabrication of spacecraft
     extravehicular and intravehicular hardware and soft goods, air crew
     life-support equipment, mechanical and electromechanical devices and high
     temperature insulation.  These activities have continued.  The activities
     of OSS are substantially dependent on continued government funding for
     space programs.

     MARKETING

     Oilfield Marine Services.  The Company markets its services primarily to
     international and foreign national oil and gas companies.  It also provides
     services as a subcontractor to companies operating as prime contractors.
     Contracts are typically awarded on a competitive bid basis and are for the
     most part short-term.

     Offshore Field Development.  The Company markets both its mobile offshore
     production systems and subsea products primarily to international and
     foreign national oil and gas companies, utilizing the Company's existing
     administrative structure to identify potential business opportunities. 
     MOPS are offered for extended well testing, early production and
     development of marginal fields and prospects in areas lacking pipelines and
     processing infrastructure.  Contracts are typically awarded on a
     competitive basis, generally for periods of one or more years.  The Company
     owns one MOPS unit and is currently converting a second, both of which have
     long-term contracts.  Further equipment will be added as profitable
     opportunities arise.  The Company believes that Multiflex enables it to
     identify market opportunities at an earlier stage as umbilical design is
     typically part of the initial planning phase in field development.  The
     Company is able to offer an integrated service consisting of design,
     engineering, project management and provision of hardware.

     Advanced Technologies.  The Company markets its marine services and related
     engineering services to government agencies, major defense contractors,
     NASA subcontractors and to telecommunications, construction and other
     industrial customers outside the energy sector.  The Company also markets
     to insurance companies, salvage associations and other customers who have
     requirements for specialized operations in deep water.

     Major Customers.  Five principal customers of the Company accounted for
     approximately 29%, 34% and 36% of the Company's consolidated revenues in   
     1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.  No single customer accounted for more
     than 10% of the Company's consolidated revenues in 1996.  The Royal Dutch
     Shell group of companies accounted for more than 10% of the Company's
     consolidated revenues in 1995 and 1994.  Also see Note 6 of the Notes to
     Consolidated Financial Statements.

     COMPETITION

     The Company's businesses are highly competitive.

     Oilfield Marine Services.  The Company believes that it is one of five
     companies that provides underwater services on a worldwide basis.  The
     Company competes for contracts with the other four worldwide companies and
     with numerous companies operating locally in various areas.  Competition
     for underwater services historically has been based on the type of
     underwater equipment available, location of or ability to deploy such
     equipment, quality of service and price.  In recent years, price has been
     the most important factor in obtaining contracts; however, the ability to
     develop improved equipment and techniques and to attract and retain skilled
     personnel is also an important competitive factor in the Company's markets.
     The number of the Company's competitors is inversely correlated with water
     depth, as less sophisticated equipment and technology is required in
     shallow water.  With respect to projects that require less sophisticated
     equipment or diving techniques, small companies have sometimes been able to
     bid for contracts at prices uneconomic to the Company.

     The Company believes that its ability to provide a wide range of underwater
     services, including technological applications in deeper water on a
     worldwide basis, should enable it to compete effectively in the oilfield
     exploration and development market.  As a result of uncertainty and
     volatility in oil and gas pricing generally, oil and gas exploration and
     development expenditures fluctuate from year to year.  In particular,
     budgetary approval for more expensive drilling and production in deeper
     water or harsh environments, areas in which the Company believes it has a
     competitive advantage, may be postponed or suspended.  In some areas, the
     ability of the Company to obtain contracts depends upon its ability to
     charter vessels for use as work platforms.  On occasion, the Company will
     bid jointly with vessel owners for contracts, and it endeavors to develop
     ongoing relations with various vessel owners.

     The worldwide inspection market consists of a wide range of inspection and
     certification requirements in many industries.  Solus Schall competes in
     only selected portions of this market.  The Company believes that its broad
     geographic sales and operational coverage, long history of operations,
     technical reputation, application of X-ray crawler pipeline radiography and
     accreditation to international quality standards enable it to compete
     effectively in its selected inspection services market segments.

     In the North Sea and, to a lesser extent, in other areas, oil and gas
     companies utilize prequalification procedures that reduce the number of
     prospective bidders for their projects.  In certain countries political
     considerations tend to favor local contractors.

     Offshore Field Development.  The Company believes that it is well  
     positioned to compete in the offshore field development market through its
     ability to identify and offer optimum solutions, supply equipment, provide
     capital on a limited basis and utilize the expertise in associated subsea
     technology and offshore construction and operations gained through its
     extensive operational experience worldwide.  The Company is one of several
     companies that offer leased MOPS units.  Potential competitors include
     companies having underutilized assets such as drilling rigs and tankers,
     although access to the capital needed to convert units to MOPS may be a
     limiting factor.

     Although there are several competitors offering either specialized products
     or operating in limited geographic areas, the Company believes that it is
     one of two companies who compete on a worldwide basis for the provision of
     subsea control umbilical cables.

     Advanced Technologies.  The Company believes that its specialized ROV
     assets and experience in deep water operations give it a competitive
     advantage in obtaining contracts in water depths greater than 5,000 feet. 
     The number of the Company's competitors is inversely correlated with water
     depth, due to the advanced technical knowledge and sophisticated equipment
     required for deep water operations.

     Engineering services is a very broad market with a large number of
     competitors.  The Company competes in specialized areas in which it can
     combine its extensive program management experience, engineering services
     and the capability to continue the development of conceptual project
     designs into the manufacture of prototype equipment.

     The Company also utilizes the administrative structure of the Oilfield
     Marine Services business to identify opportunities in foreign countries and
     to provide additional local support for non-oil and gas customers.

     SEASONALITY, BACKLOG AND RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

     A material amount of the Company's revenues is generated by contracts for
     marine services in the Gulf of Mexico and North Sea, which are usually
     seasonal from April through November.  Revenues in the Offshore Field
     Development and Advanced Technologies segments are generally not seasonal.

     The amounts of backlog orders believed to be firm for Oilfield Marine
     Services as of March 31, 1996 and 1995 were $100 million and $94 million,
     respectively.  Of these amounts, $26 million and $39 million, respectively,
     were not expected to be performed within the year following such respective
     dates.  At March 31, 1996 and 1995, the Company had approximately $144
     million and $27 million, respectively, in backlog for Offshore Field
     Development.  Of these amounts, $100 million and none, respectively, were
     not expected to be performed within the year following such respective
     dates.  At March 31, 1996 and 1995, the Company had approximately $41
     million and $39 million, respectively, in backlog for Advanced
     Technologies.  Of these amounts, $4 million and $12 million, respectively,
     were not expected to be performed within the year following such respective
     dates.

     No material portion of the Company's business is subject to renegotiation  
     of profits or termination of contracts by the United States government.

     The Company's research and development expenditures were approximately $5.8
     million, $3.6 million and $3.7 million during 1996, 1995 and 1994,
     respectively.  These amounts do not include, nor is the Company able to
     determine, the expenditures by others in connection with joint research
     activities in which the Company participated or expenditures by the Company
     in connection with research conducted during the course of performing field
     operations.

     REGULATION

     The Company's operations are subject to various types of governmental
     regulation.  The Company's operations are affected from time to time and in
     varying degrees by foreign and domestic political developments and foreign,
     federal and local laws and regulations.  In particular, oil and gas
     production operations and economics are affected by price control, tax,
     environmental and other laws relating to the petroleum industry, by changes
     in such laws and by constantly changing administrative regulations.  Such
     developments may directly or indirectly affect the Company's operations and
     those of its customers.

     Compliance with federal, state and local provisions regulating the
     discharge of materials into the environment or relating to the protection
     of the environment has not had a material impact on the Company's capital
     expenditures, earnings or competitive position. 

     In connection with its foreign operations, the Company is required in some
     countries to obtain licenses or permits in order to bid on contracts or
     otherwise to conduct business operations.  Some foreign countries require
     that the Company enter into a joint venture or similar business arrangement
     with local individuals or businesses in order to conduct business.  While
     not a formal requirement, Oceaneering's quality management systems covering
     the full range of subsea and topside services offered in the United Kingdom
     are certified to the British Standard BS 5750 Part 2:1987, which is the
     equivalent of ISO 9002.  The quality management systems of both the OIE and
     Multiflex units of the Subsea Products Group are certified to ISO 9001 for
     their products and services.

     RISKS AND INSURANCE

     The Company's operations are subject to all the risks normally incident to
     offshore exploration, development and production, including claims under
     U.S. maritime laws.  These risks could result in damage to or loss of
     property, suspension of operations and injury to or death of personnel. 
     The Company insures its real and personal property and equipment.  The
     Company's vessels are insured against damage or loss, including war and
     pollution risks.  The Company also carries workers' compensation, maritime
     employer's liability, general liability, including third party pollution,
     and other insurance customary in its businesses.  All insurance is carried
     at levels of coverage and deductibles which the Company considers
     financially prudent.  On some contracts, the Company may have certain
     exposures for loss or damage to the customer's facilities or for unexpected
     weather delays, which the Company may cover by special insurance when it  
     deems advisable.  Due to the very high costs for limited coverage and, in
     the Company's opinion, limited exposure, the Company does not carry
     professional liability insurance.  In some jurisdictions, legal pleadings
     in personal injury actions may include a claim for an amount of punitive
     damages which may not be covered by insurance.

     The primary industry that the Company serves, oil and gas, is a cyclical
     industry and remains volatile, resulting in potentially large fluctuations
     in demand for the Company's primary services, which could result in
     significant changes in the Company's revenues and profits.  Although the
     oil and gas industry continues to be the Company's principal market, the
     Company also performs services for government agencies, and firms in the
     telecommunications, aerospace, and civil engineering and construction
     industries.

     The Company operates primarily as a subcontracting services company under
     short-term dayrate contracts.  However, the Company also owns certain
     specialized capital assets, which if not fully utilized could have a
     negative effect on cash resources as a result of continuing fixed operating
     costs and reduced revenues.

     A significant part of the Company's operations is conducted outside the
     United States.  For the years ended March 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, foreign
     operations accounted for 58%, 51% and 61% of the Company's revenues,
     respectively.

     Foreign operations are subject to additional political and economic
     uncertainties, including the possibility of repudiation of contracts and
     confiscation of property, fluctuations in currency exchange rates,
     limitations on repatriation of earnings and foreign exchange controls.
     Typically, the Company is able to limit the currency risks by arranging
     compensation in United States dollars or freely convertible currency and,
     to the extent possible, limiting acceptance of blocked currency to amounts
     which match its expense requirements in local currencies.

     Certain of the countries in which the Company operates have enacted
     exchange controls to regulate foreign currency exchange.  Exchange controls
     in some of the countries in which the Company operates provide for
     conversion of local currency into foreign currency for payment of debts,
     equipment rentals, technology transfer, technical assistance and other fees
     or repatriation of capital.  Transfers of profits and dividends can be
     restricted or limited by exchange controls.

     EMPLOYEES

     As of March 31, 1996, the Company had approximately 2,000 employees.  The
     Company's work force varies seasonally and peaks during the summer months. 
     Approximately 5% of the Company's employees are represented by unions.  The
     Company considers its relations with its employees to be satisfactory.

     Foreign and Domestic Operations and Export Sales

     The table presenting revenues, profitability and assets attributable to
     each of Oceaneering's geographic areas for the years 1996, 1995 and 1994 is
     incorporated herein by reference from Note 6 of the Notes to Consolidated
     Financial Statements.

     Item 2.   PROPERTIES.

     See Item 1 - "Business - Description of Business - Oilfield Marine
     Services, Offshore Field Development and Advanced Technologies" for a
     description of equipment used in providing the Company's services.

     Oceaneering maintains office, shop and yard facilities in various parts of
     the world.  In these locations, the Company typically leases office
     facilities to house its administrative and engineering staff, shops
     equipped for fabrication, testing, repair and maintenance activities and
     warehouses and yard areas for storage and mobilization of equipment en
     route to work sites.  The largest of such properties is located in Morgan
     City, Louisiana and consists of 146,500 total square feet, of which 25,300
     square feet are covered office and storage space owned by the Company and
     the remainder is leased.  The Company owns and leases property in Singapore
     of approximately 28,700 square feet, of which 16,200 square feet are owned.
     The Company leases 31,000 square feet of office space and 42,800 square
     feet of yard area in Aberdeen, Scotland.  Other major leased properties
     include approximately 24,600 square feet in Dubai, United Arab Emirates,
     and 37,000 square feet in Port Harcourt, Nigeria.  These properties are
     used primarily by the Oilfield Marine Services business segment of the
     Company.  Leased properties utilized primarily by the Offshore Field
     Development segment consist of 53,500 square feet of workshop and office
     space in Houston, Texas and manufacturing facilities in Houston, Texas and
     Edinburgh, Scotland, of 96,000 square feet and 70,000 square feet,
     respectively.  In addition, the Company owns manufacturing facilities in
     Magnolia, Texas of 65,000 square feet.  The Company also leases
     approximately 116,000 square feet in Upper Marlboro, Maryland, which
     includes 86,000 square feet of offices and workshops and approximately
     50,000 square feet of offices and workshops in Houston, Texas, which are
     utilized by the Advanced Technologies business segment.

     Item 3.   LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

     In the ordinary course of business, Oceaneering encounters actions for
     damages alleging personal injury under the general maritime laws of the
     United States, including the Jones Act, for alleged negligence.  The
     Company reports actions for personal injury to its insurance carriers and
     believes that the settlement or disposition of such suits will not have a
     material effect on its financial position or results of operations.  The
     information set forth under "Commitments and Contingencies - Litigation" in
     Note 5 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements is incorporated
     herein by reference.

     Item 4.   SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS.

     No matter was submitted to a vote of security holders, through the
     solicitation of proxies or otherwise, during the fourth quarter of the 
     year ended March 31, 1996.

     Item 4a.  EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT.  

     Executive Officers.  The following is information with respect to the
     executive officers of Oceaneering International, Inc., as of June 1, 1996: 

                                                                OFFICER EMPLOYEE
          NAME                AGE  POSITIONS                     SINCE     SINCE


          John R. Huff        50   Chairman of the Board,        1986      1986
                                   President and Chief Executive
                                   Officer

          T. Jay Collins      49   Executive Vice President -    1993      1993
                                   Oilfield Marine Services

          Marvin J. Migura    45   Senior Vice President and     1995      1995
                                   Chief Financial Officer

          F. Richard Frisbie  53   Senior Vice President -       1981      1974
                                   Marketing and Technology

          George R.           48   Vice President, General       1988      1988
          Haubenreich, Jr.         Counsel and Secretary

          Richard V. Chidlow  52   Controller and Chief          1990      1987
                                   Accounting Officer

     Each executive officer serves at the discretion of the Chief Executive
     Officer and the Board of Directors and is subject to reelection or
     reappointment each year after the annual meeting of shareholders.

     Oceaneering does not know of any arrangement or understanding between any
     of the above persons and any other person or persons pursuant to which he
     was selected or appointed as an officer.

     Family Relationships.  There are no family relationships between any
     director or executive officer.

     Business Experience.  John R. Huff has been a director, President and Chief
     Executive Officer of the Company since 1986.  He was elected Chairman of
     the Board in August 1990.  Prior to joining the Company in 1986, he served
     from 1980 until 1986 as Chairman and President of Western Oceanic Inc., the
     offshore drilling subsidiary of The Western Company of North America
     ("Western Oceanic").  He is a director of BJ Services Company, Triton
     Energy Limited and Production Operators Corp.

     T. Jay Collins, Executive Vice President, joined the Company in October
     1993 as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer.  In May 1995, he
     was appointed Executive Vice President of the Company's Oilfield Marine
     Services business.  From 1986 to 1992 he was with Teleco Oilfield Services,
     Inc., most recently as Executive Vice President of Finance and
     Administration and previously as Senior Vice President of Operations. Prior
     to Teleco, he spent twelve years with Sonat, Inc., serving as Senior Vice
     President of Finance at Sonat Offshore Drilling and President of Houston
     Systems Manufacturing.  His operational experience with Sonat Offshore  
     Drilling includes international management in Venezuela, Singapore, Egypt
     and Ivory Coast.

     Marvin J. Migura, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, joined
     the Company in May 1995.  From 1975 to 1994 he held various financial
     positions with Zapata Corporation, a diversified energy services company,
     most recently as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from
     1987 to 1994.

     F. Richard Frisbie, Senior Vice President - Marketing and Technology,
     joined the Company in 1984 when Solus Ocean Systems, Inc., ("SOSI") was
     acquired.  From 1974 to 1984, he held various engineering and management
     positions with SOSI and its predecessors.  Over the past 20 years, he has
     been responsible for various technical developments in remotely operated
     underwater vehicle designs and the use of robotics and remotely operated
     devices for applications in harsh environments, including nuclear power
     plants.  He also has previous experience in the aerospace industry.

     George R. Haubenreich, Jr., Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary,
     joined the Company in 1988.  From 1979 until joining the Company, he held
     various legal positions with The Coastal Corporation, a diversified energy
     company, his last being Senior Staff Counsel.  From 1974 until 1979, he was
     an attorney with Exxon Company, U.S.A.

     Richard V. Chidlow, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer, joined the
     Company in 1987 as Controller for the Americas Region.  From 1988 until
     1990, he was Controller for the Europe, Africa and Asia group in Aberdeen,
     and was appointed to his present position in 1990.  From 1975 until joining
     the Company he held various positions with Western Oceanic, his last being
     Manager of Accounting.  



                                       PART II

     Item 5.   MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER
               MATTERS.

     Oceaneering's Common Stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange (symbol
     OII).  The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high
     and low closing sales prices for Oceaneering's Common Stock as reported on
     the New York Stock Exchange (consolidated transaction reporting system):

                                     Fiscal 1996         Fiscal 1995

                                    High     Low        High     Low
          For the quarter ended:

               June 30             $10-5/8   $ 8-7/8   $14-1/4   $11
               September 30         12-1/8     8-1/2    14-1/8    12-1/4
               December 31          13         8-3/4    13-1/8     9-3/4
               March 31             14-1/2    10-7/8    10-5/8     7-7/8

     On May 31, 1996, Oceaneering had 701 holders of record of its Common Stock,
     par value $0.25.  On that date, the closing sales price of the shares, as
     quoted on the New York Stock Exchange, was $16-1/2.

     Oceaneering has made no Common Stock dividend payments since 1977.  Its
     present bank credit agreement restricts aggregate dividends to 50% of
     cumulative net earnings from December 31, 1994.

     Item 6.   SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.

     Results of Operations:

                                           Years Ended March 31,

                                 1996      1995       1994      1993      1992
                                (in thousands, except per share figures)   

      Revenues               $289,506  $239,936   $229,760  $215,603  $193,582

      Cost of services        234,731   190,772    177,199   157,048   143,117
      Gross margin             54,775    49,164     52,561    58,555    50,465

      Selling, general and
      administrative
      expenses                 34,589    36,410     31,631    32,903    30,239
      Income from
      operations             $ 20,186  $ 12,754   $ 20,930  $ 25,652  $ 20,226

      Net income
      applicable to 
      common stock           $ 12,357  $  5,496   $ 14,931  $ 19,401  $ 16,115  

      Net income per
      common share
      equivalent                 0.53      0.23       0.62      0.82      0.68

      Depreciation and
      amortization             20,567    16,232     12,196    11,528     8,013
      Capital expenditures     57,171    32,057     36,730    11,996    35,312


     Other Financial Data:

                                                As of March 31,

                                 1996      1995       1994      1993      1992
                                         (in thousands, except ratios)

      Working capital
      ratio                      1.62      1.44       1.74      1.92      1.65
      Cash and cash
      equivalents             $ 9,351   $12,865    $26,486   $33,973   $23,281

      Working capital          42,427    23,106     34,425    42,492    28,556

      Total assets            256,096   187,752    171,993   154,524   144,905
      Short-term debt             183       118        124        96     2,065

      Long-term debt           48,000     9,472        171       235     2,311
      Total debt               48,183     9,590        295       331     4,376

      Shareholders' equity    127,098   115,140    113,353    98,331    86,622


     Item 7.   MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND 
               RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.

     All statements in this Form 10-K, other than statements of historical
     facts, including, without limitation, statements regarding the Company's
     business strategy, plans for future operations, and industry conditions,
     are forward-looking statements made pursuant to the safe harbor provisions
     of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.  The Company
     utilizes a variety of internal and external data and management judgement
     in order to develop such forward-looking information.   Although the
     Company believes that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking
     statements are reasonable, because of the inherent limitations in the
     forecasting process, as well as the relatively volatile nature of the
     industry in which the Company operates, it can give no assurance that such
     expectations will prove to have been correct.  Accordingly, evaluation of
     future prospects of the Company must be made with caution when relying on
     forward-looking information.

     Liquidity and Capital Resources 

     Oceaneering considers its liquidity and capital resources adequate to  
     continue its growth initiatives.  At March 31, 1996, the Company had
     working capital of $42 million, including $8 million of unrestricted cash. 
     Additionally, the Company had $27 million available for borrowings under a
     $75 million credit facility and $13 million was unused under its $20
     million uncommitted line of credit.  In June 1996, an additional $45
     million became available for borrowing when the credit facility was
     increased to $120 million.  None of the $48 million of long-term bank debt
     is required to be repaid prior to 1999.  

     The Company expects to meet its ongoing annual cash requirements from
     existing cash on hand, operating cash flow, and available credit
     facilities.  Net income plus depreciation and amortization (commonly
     referred to as Cash Flow from Operations) of $33 million for 1996
     represented a substantial improvement from the $22 million and the $27
     million for 1995 and 1994, respectively.

     The Company considers its liquidity and capital resources adequate to
     support continuing operations and capital commitments.  Working capital at
     the end of 1996 was approximately $19 million higher than that of the prior
     year.  The higher working capital was primarily attributable to the
     receivable generated by a large MOPS conversion project completed for a
     customer during 1996.  Subsequent to the year end, the receivable, which
     was not due until 1998, was paid in full by the customer and has therefore
     been treated as a current asset.  In 1995 a higher level of capital
     expenditures, including business acquisitions, during a period of lower
     cash flows from operations contributed to a decline in working capital
     compared to the end of 1994.  The $23 million of working capital as of
     March 31, 1995 compared to $34 million as of March 31, 1994.

     In November 1995, the Company announced that it had been awarded a contract
     by a major oil company to provide an FPSO system.  The contract is a
     dayrate lease arrangement which has an initial term of three years with a
     targeted commencement date of August 1996.  The Company purchased and is
     converting an existing 268,000 dwt crude oil tanker into the FPSO ZAFIRO
     PRODUCER at an estimated capital cost of $70 million.  To facilitate the
     funding of the capital expenditures required for this project, the Company
     expanded its committed credit facility from $75 million to $120 million.  

     The Company expects this project to contribute incremental annual earnings
     of approximately $0.30 per share during the contract term.  This forward-
     looking statement is based on numerous assumptions, including the total
     capital cost, financing cost for the project, timely completion of the
     conversion of the vessel to an FPSO, and satisfactory Company performance
     under the contract.  Accordingly, there can be no assurance that these
     results will be realized.  In addition, the contract provides the customer
     with the options to either extend the contract at reduced rates or purchase
     the vessel and terminate the lease at any time during the initial three-
     year period.  Exercise of the purchase option would increase the Company's
     expected earnings for that year and substantially increase the Company's
     liquidity.

     Capital expenditures for the years ended March 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994 were
     $57 million, $32 million and $37 million, respectively.  Capital
     expenditures for 1996 included $30 million of acquisition and conversion  
     costs of the ZAFIRO PRODUCER, completion of upgrades on two dynamically-
     positioned ("DP") vessels and additions to the Company's fleet of ROVs.
     Capital expenditures for 1995 included the purchase and upgrade of a DP
     offshore support vessel, acquisition of the remainder of the capital stock
     of a jointly owned company which owned an offshore support vessel, upgrades
     to ROVs and the acquisition of environmental services equipment.  Capital
     expenditures for 1994 included the acquisition costs of the ILC, OIE and
     Multiflex businesses, additions and upgrades to the Company's fleet of ROVs
     and improvements to the FPSO OCEAN PRODUCER.  Commitments for capital
     expenditures at the close of 1996 consisted of approximately $40 million
     required to complete the conversion of the ZAFIRO PRODUCER during 1997.

     During 1995 the Company completed the purchase of 1,000,000 shares of its
     stock pursuant to a plan approved in June 1994.  The purchases were
     financed primarily by bank borrowings.  After re-issue of shares to meet
     the Company's regular obligations to the Oceaneering Retirement Investment
     Plan and to satisfy share option exercises, there were 793,170 shares of
     treasury stock remaining at March 31, 1996.

     As a result of the increased level of capital expenditures and working
     capital, total debt increased from $9 million as of the end of 1995 to $48
     million as of March 31, 1996.  As a percentage of total capitalization,
     long-term debt during 1996 increased from 8% to 27%.  The ratio of the
     Company's debt to total capitalization will vary from time to time
     depending primarily upon the level of capital spending.  The debt level
     would be significantly reduced or eliminated if the customer exercises its
     option to purchase the ZAFIRO PRODUCER as previously discussed.

     Because of its significant foreign operations, the Company is exposed to
     currency fluctuations and exchange risks.  The Company minimizes these
     risks primarily through matching, to the extent possible, revenues and
     expenses in the various currencies in which it operates.  Cumulative
     translation adjustments as of March 31, 1996, relate primarily to the
     Company's permanent investment in and loans to its United Kingdom
     subsidiary.  Inflation has not had a material effect on the Company in the
     past two years and no such effect is expected in the near future.

     See Item 1 - "Business - Description of Business - Risks and Insurance."  

     Results of Operations

     Revenues of $290 million for 1996 represented a substantial increase from
     revenues of $240 million and $230 million for 1995 and 1994, respectively. 
     Gross margin of $54.8 million also compared favorably to $49.2 million and
     $52.6 million for the prior two years.  As a percentage of revenue, a 
     gross margin of 19% for 1996 represented a slight decrease from the 20%
     margin for 1995 and compared to a 23% margin for 1994.  Gross margins as a
     percentage of revenues vary depending upon the mix of the type of contracts
     (for example, subcontractor cost components) and may not be indicative of
     business trends.  Net income of $12.4 million in 1996 was more than double
     the $5.5 million reported for 1995, but lower than the $14.9 million earned
     during 1994.

     Information on the Company's business segments is shown in Note 6 of the  
     Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.


     Oilfield Marine Services.

     During 1996, oilfield marine services segment revenues and profitability
     increased which resulted in a reduction of losses to $400,000.  In 1995,
     revenues declined compared to the prior year and the operations resulted in
     a loss of $2.5 million for the year.  Operating cash flow (defined as
     operating income plus depreciation and amortization) of $10.6 million for
     1996 represented a significant increase from the $5.4 million for 1995, but
     was less than the $16.1 million during 1994.

     The new ROVs represent the Company's continued commitment to its oilfield
     marine services segment.  During 1996, in response to increasing demand to
     support deepwater drilling and identified future construction and
     production maintenance work, the Company embarked on a major ROV fleet
     expansion program.  By the middle of 1997, the size of the Company's work
     class ROV fleet will have been increased by a total of ten vehicles or 20%.
     These new vehicles are designed for use around the world in water depths to
     10,000 feet and in severe weather conditions. 

     The table below sets out revenues and profitability for the oilfield marine
     services segment for 1996, 1995 and 1994.


                                          For the Years Ended March 31,
                                       1996           1995           1994
                                       (in thousands, except percentages)

          Revenues                   $132,064       $106,294       $122,625
          Gross Margin                 21,154         19,872         31,355
          Gross Margin %                  16%            19%            26%

          Operating Income (loss)       (369)        (2,485)          9,194
          Operating Income (loss) %        0%           (2)%             7%


     Revenues increased 24% in 1996 compared to 1995, reflecting increased
     activity in all operating areas.  The segment benefitted from higher
     revenues and gross margin contribution from the ROV fleet as requirements
     for vehicles to support exploration and development drilling activities
     from floating drilling rigs increased.  However, these gains were partially
     offset by lower demand for diving services with correspondingly lower gross
     margin.  In addition, operating results in the North Sea and Gulf of Mexico
     areas were negatively impacted by delays in the commissioning of support
     vessels which had undergone extensive refurbishment and upgrade during the
     year.  Revenues and gross margin benefitted by $1.1 million from the
     settlement of a contract dispute which had been provided for in 1995.  This
     adjustment increased gross margin % in 1996 by 1%.

     Revenues and margin declined in 1995 compared to 1994 as a result of
     reduced demand principally in the North Sea and West Africa operating
     areas.  In addition, gross margin was negatively impacted in 1995 by an  
     unfavorable arbitration ruling relating to a contract executed in 1991 and
     difficulties experienced in collection of the amounts due under a foreign
     contract.  The provision for the arbitration ruling decreased gross margin
     by $1.6 million (1%).  The provision relating to the difficulty in
     collecting amounts due under a foreign contract decreased gross margin by
     $1 million (1%).  Oilfield marine services gross margin was 21% before the
     provisions.


     Offshore Field Development.

     This segment includes FPSO ownership and operations, engineering, design
     and project management services for other MOPS-related work, and subsea
     products.

     The table below sets out revenues and profitability for this segment for
     1996, 1995 and 1994.

                                           For the Years Ended March 31,
                                        1996           1995           1994
                                        (in thousands, except percentages)

          Revenues                    $80,855        $62,918        $37,121
          Gross Margin                 21,758         13,726          4,432
          Gross Margin %                  27%            22%            12%

          Operating Income             15,567          6,676          1,191
          Operating Income %              19%            11%             3%


     Revenues and gross margin for 1996 were higher than for 1995 as a result of
     a large MOPS conversion project which was completed during the year and
     improved results in the subsea products business.  The large MOPS project
     consisted of the conversion of a jackup drilling rig into production
     service for a customer.  Results for this segment included a $2.7 million
     gain on the involuntary conversion of the semisubmersible rig, OCEAN
     DEVELOPER, which sank in August 1995 while under tow.

     Revenues from the FPSO OCEAN PRODUCER for 1996, 1995 and 1994 were $14.7
     million, $16.7 million and $10.4 million, respectively.  Gross margin
     contribution from the OCEAN PRODUCER'S operations for 1996, 1995 and 1994
     totaled $7.6 million, $8.7 million and $2.1 million, respectively.  During 
     1996 the OCEAN PRODUCER continued to work offshore Angola and in January
     1996 commenced operations under a new four-year contract in the same
     location. 

     Revenues and gross margin for the Offshore Field Development segment for
     1995 were higher than for 1994 as a result of the contribution of Multiflex
     which was acquired in March 1994, increased activity in the OIE division
     and a full year of profitable FPSO operations.

     Revenues and gross margin for the Offshore Field Development segment for
     1994 were negatively impacted by the operations of the OCEAN PRODUCER,
     which was contracted on a month to month basis for the first two quarters  
     at rates which were sufficient only to cover cash expenses.  From the
     fourth quarter of 1994, the OCEAN PRODUCER operated under a contract
     providing substantially higher rates than its previous contract.  Segment
     revenues and margin for 1994 were favorably impacted by a large project
     which the Company completed in the North Sea.

     The Company is presently converting a 268,000 dwt tanker into its second
     FPSO, the ZAFIRO PRODUCER, which is targeted to be delivered to a customer
     offshore West Africa in August 1996 under a three-year contract. 
     Construction is being financed under the Company's bank credit facilities
     which were increased to provide sufficient resources for this project.  The
     multi-year contracts for the OCEAN PRODUCER and the ZAFIRO PRODUCER provide
     the Company with a significant level of contracted backlog. 

     The Company expects to continue to invest in other MOPS assets as
     profitable opportunities arise, subject to the availability and acquisition
     of assets suitable for MOPS application.

     Advanced Technologies.

     The table below sets out revenues and profitability for this segment for 
     1996, 1995 and 1994.

                                           For the Years Ended March 31,
                                        1996           1995           1994
                                        (in thousands, except percentages)

          Revenues                    $76,587        $70,724        $70,014
          Gross Margin                 11,863         15,566         16,774
          Gross Margin %                  15%            22%            24%

          Operating Income              4,988          8,563         10,545
          Operating Income %               7%            12%            15%

     Revenues for 1996 increased over 1995 as a result of an increase in subsea
     telecommunication cable burial activities, space related product sales and
     marine civil engineering and construction work.  Gross margin declined in
     1996 compared to 1995 due to reduced utilization of the Company's deep
     ocean search and recovery equipment, lower service requirements by the U.S.
     Navy and complications experienced on a cable burial project completed in
     the fourth quarter.

     Revenues for 1995 were at the same level as for 1994.  Gross margin
     decreased as a result of lower demand for engineering services and costs
     associated with entry into the environmental services business.


     Other.

     Selling, general and administrative expenses were $34.6 million in 1996
     compared to $36.4 million in 1995 and $31.6 million in 1994.  The increase
     during 1995 reflected the addition of the Multiflex operations and included
     $0.5 million of nonrecurring cost related to the consolidation of
     operational bases in Scotland.  

     Interest income increased by $1.2 million in 1996 compared to 1995 as a
     result of interest earned on the receivable related to the MOPS conversion
     project.  Interest expense increased by $1.6 million in 1996 compared to
     1995 as a result of increased borrowings to finance the MOPS conversion
     project and continuing capital expenditures in oilfield marine services.

     The Company's effective tax rate decreased in 1996 compared to 1995 as a
     result of decreased losses in areas, primarily in the United Kingdom tax
     jurisdiction, where the Company derives no tax benefit as it already has
     net operating loss carryforwards.  The Company's effective tax rate
     increased during 1995 compared to 1994 as a result of an increase in the
     amount of pre-tax income subject to taxing jurisdictions with higher
     effective tax rates, primarily the United States, and losses in 1995 in
     areas where the Company derives no tax benefit as it already has net
     operating loss carryforwards.


     Item 8.   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.

     In this report, the consolidated financial statements and supplementary
     data of the Company appear in Part IV, Item 14 and are hereby incorporated
     by reference.  See Index to Financial Statements and Schedules.


     Item 9.   CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
               FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.
     None.

                                       PART III

     Item 10.  DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT.

     The information with respect to the directors and nominees for election to
     the Board of Directors of Oceaneering International, Inc., is incorporated
     by reference from Oceaneering International, Inc.'s definitive proxy
     statement to be filed on or before July 29, 1996, pursuant to Regulation
     14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  The information with
     respect to the executive officers of Oceaneering International, Inc., is
     provided under Item 4a of Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

     Item 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.

     The information required by Item 11 is incorporated by reference from the
     proxy statement described in Item 10 above.

     Item 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT.

     The information required by Item 12 is incorporated by reference from the
     proxy statement described in Item 10 above.

     Item 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS.

     The information required by Item 13 is incorporated by reference from the
     proxy statement described in Item 10 above.  



                                       PART IV

     Item 14.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K.

          (a)  Documents filed as part of this report.

               1.   Financial Statements.
                    (i)    Report of Independent Public Accountants
                    (ii)   Consolidated Balance Sheets
                    (iii)  Consolidated Statements of Income
                    (iv)   Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
                    (v)    Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity
                    (vi)   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

               2.   Exhibits:

                                             Registration
                                             or File   Form or         Exhibit  
     Exhibit                                 Number    Report  Date    Number

       3       Articles of Incorporation 
               and By-laws
       *3.01   Certificate of Incorporation,
               as amended                    0-8418    10-K    March 1988  3(a)
       *3.02   By-laws, as amended           0-8418    10-K    March 1987  3(b)
       *3.03   Amendment to Certificate
               of Incorporation              33-36872  S-8     Sept. 1990  4(b)
       *3.04   Amendment to By-laws          0-8418    10-K    March 1991  3(d)
       *3.05   Amendment to By-laws          1-10945   8-K     Nov. 1992   2
       4       Instruments defining the rights
               of security holders, including
               indentures
       *4.01   Specimen of Common Stock
               Certificate                   1-10945   10-K    March 1993  4(a)
       *4.02   Interest Rate and Currency
               Exchange Agreement dated
               July 29, 1991                 0-8418    10-Q    Sept. 1991  4(a)
       *4.03   Shareholder Rights Agreement
               dated November 20, 1992       1-10945   8-K     Nov. 1992   1
       *4.04   Bank Credit Agreement dated
               April 12, 1995                1-10945   10-K    March 1995  4.04
        4.05   Amended and Restated Bank Credit
               Agreement dated June 12, 1996
      10       Material contracts
      *10.01   1981 Incentive Stock Option
               Plan, as amended              2-80506   S-8     Sept. 1987  28(e)
       10.02   Oceaneering Retirement
               Investment Plan, as amended 
      *10.03   Employment Agreement dated
               August 15, 1986 between
               John R. Huff and Registrant   0-8418    10-K    March 1987  10(l)
       10.04   Addendum to Employment Agreement
               dated February 22, 1996 between
               John R. Huff and Registrant  
      *10.05   1987 Incentive and Non-
               Qualified Stock Option Plan   33-16469  S-1     Sept. 1987  10(o)
      *10.06   Oceaneering International, Inc.
               Special Incentive Plan        33-16469  S-1     Sept. 1987  10(n)
      *10.07   Senior Executive Severance
               Plan, as amended              0-8418    10-K    March 1989  10(k)
      *10.08   Supplemental Senior Executive
               Severance Agreements, as
               amended                       0-8418    10-K    March 1989  10(l)
      *10.09   Oceaneering International, Inc.
               Executive Retirement Plan, 
               as amended                    1-10945   10-K    March 1995  10.08
      *10.10   Share Purchase Agreement
               related to the purchase of
               Sonsub Limited                0-8418    8-K     Jan. 1990    2
      *10.11   1990 Long-Term Incentive Plan 33-36872  S-8     Sept. 1990   4(f)
      *10.12   1990 Nonemployee Directors
               Stock Option Plan             33-36872  S-8     Sept. 1990   4(g)
      *10.13   Indemnification Agreement
               between Registrant and its
               Directors                     0-8418    10-Q    Sept. 1991  10(a)
      *10.14   1991 Executive Incentive
               Agreements                    0-8418    10-K    March 1992  10(p)
      *10.15   Restricted Stock Award
               Incentive Agreements          1-10945   10-K    March 1994  10(q)
       10.16   Restricted Stock Award
               Incentive Agreement
       10.17   Bank Uncommitted Credit Line
               Agreement dated March 29, 1996
       10.18   1996 Bonus Award Plan
       21      Subsidiaries of the Registrant
       23      Consent of Independent Public
               Accountants
       24      Powers of Attorney
       27      Financial Data Schedule

     *    Indicates exhibit previously filed with the Securities and Exchange
          Commission as indicated and incorporated herein by reference.

     (b)  Reports on Form 8-K.

          The registrant filed no reports on Form 8-K during the last quarter of
          the period covered by this report.



                                      SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
     Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be
     signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                                             OCEANEERING INTERNATIONAL, INC.  


          Date:  June 21, 1996               By: //s//JOHN R. HUFF
                                             John R. Huff
                                             President and Chief Executive 
                                        Officer

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this
     report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the
     registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

          Signature              Title                           Date


     //s// JOHN R. HUFF          President, Principal            June 21, 1996
     John R. Huff                Executive Officer, Director


     //s// MARVIN J. MIGURA      Senior Vice President,          June 21, 1996
     Marvin J. Migura            Principal Financial Officer


     //s// RICHARD V. CHIDLOW    Controller, Principal           June 21, 1996
     Richard V. Chidlow          Accounting Officer


     CHARLES B. EVANS*           Director
     DAVID S. HOOKER*            Director
     D. MICHAEL HUGHES*          Director



     *By: //s// GEORGE R. HAUBENREICH, JR.                       June 21, 1996
          George R. Haubenreich, Jr.
          Attorney-in-Fact 



                   OCEANEERING INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                     INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SCHEDULES


     Index to Financial Statements

     Report of Independent Public Accountants

     Consolidated Balance Sheets

     Consolidated Statements of Income

     Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity

     Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  

     Selected Quarterly Financial Data


     Index to Schedules

     The schedules have been omitted because of the absence of the condition
     under which they are required or because the required information is
     included in the financial statements or related footnotes thereto.


                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

     To Oceaneering International, Inc.:

     We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Oceaneering
     International, Inc. (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries as of March
     31, 1996 and 1995, and the related consolidated statements of income,
     shareholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the
     period ended March 31, 1996.  These financial statements are the
     responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to
     express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
     standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
     obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free
     of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
     evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
     statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles
     used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating
     the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits
     provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
     in all material respects, the financial position of Oceaneering
     International, Inc. and subsidiaries as of March 31, 1996 and 1995, and the
     results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three
     years in the period ended March 31, 1996 in conformity with generally
     accepted accounting principles.





     ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP



     Houston, Texas
     May 16, 1996



                   OCEANEERING INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES  

                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

                                  (in thousands)
                                      ASSETS

                                                          

                                             March 31, 1996   March 31, 1995
      CURRENT ASSETS:

         Cash and cash equivalents                 $ 9,351        $  12,865
         Accounts receivable, net of
         allowances for doubtful accounts
         of $1,201 and $1,238                       96,391           58,360

         Prepaid expenses and other                  4,733            4,613

            Total current assets                   110,475           75,838


      PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, at cost:
         Marine services equipment                 187,337          175,528

         Mobile offshore production
         equipment                                  56,607           24,694
         Other                                      29,438           28,648

                                                   273,382          228,870

         Less accumulated depreciation             145,105          134,515

            Net property and equipment             128,277           94,355

      INVESTMENTS AND OTHER ASSETS:
         Goodwill, net of amortization of
         $2,515 and $1,546                          12,082           13,051

         Other                                       5,262            4,508

      TOTAL ASSETS                                $256,096         $187,752


                    See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements



                   OCEANEERING INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                             CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                          (in thousands, except share data)

                         LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
                                                         

                                          March 31, 1996   March 31, 1995

      CURRENT LIABILITIES:
         Accounts payable                       $25,607          $15,228

         Accrued liabilities                     35,823           29,870

         Income taxes payable                     6,618            7,634

             Total current liabilities           68,048           52,732

      LONG-TERM DEBT                             48,000            9,472

      OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES                11,921            9,507

      MINORITY INTERESTS                          1,029              901

      COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
      SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:

         Common Stock, par value $0.25;
             90,000,000 shares
             authorized; 24,017,046
             shares issued                        6,004            6,004

         Additional paid-in capital              81,921           80,800

         Treasury stock; 793,170 and
         977,363 shares at cost                  (6,976)          (8,596)
         Retained earnings                       56,556           44,199

         Cumulative translation
         adjustments                            (10,407)          (7,267)

             Total shareholders' equity         127,098          115,140
      TOTAL LIABILITIES AND
      SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY                     $256,096         $187,752

                    See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements



                   OCEANEERING INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                      (in thousands, except share data)


                                         For the Years Ended March 31,

                                          1996       1995      1994    


      REVENUES                          $289,506   $239,936  $229,760

      COST OF SERVICES                   234,731    190,772   177,199
      SELLING, GENERAL AND
      ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES             34,589     36,410    31,631

         Income from operations           20,186     12,754    20,930

      INTEREST INCOME                      1,774        547       831

      INTEREST EXPENSE                    (2,286)      (695)     (951)

      OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE), NET            286       (383)       48
      MINORITY INTERESTS                    (108)       287       (99)

         Income before income taxes       19,852     12,510    20,759

      PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES          (7,495)              (5,828)

      NET INCOME                        $ 12,357    $ 5,496  $ 14,931


      NET INCOME PER COMMON SHARE
      EQUIVALENT                          $  0.53   $  0.23   $  0.62



                    See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements



                   OCEANEERING INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
        
                        CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                    (in thousands)
          
          

                                                         For the Years Ended
                                                              March 31,
                                                                   
                                                        1996    1995      1994 
     CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
        Net income                                    $12,357  $ 5,496  $14,931

        Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
        cash provided by operating activities:
          Depreciation and amortization                20,567   16,232   12,196
          Currency translation adjustments and other    1,308    1,855      210
          Decrease (increase) in accounts receivable  (38,031)  (6,797)   2,601

          Decrease (increase) in prepaid expenses
          and other current assets                       (120)  (1,849)   2,433 

          Increase in other assets                       (512)  (1,986)     (41)
          Increase (decrease) in accounts payable      10,379    1,331   (4,048)
          Increase (decrease) in accrued liabilities    6,023    4,062   (1,840)

          Increase (decrease) in income taxes
          payable                                      (1,125)     951      265
          Increase (decrease) in other long-term
          liabilities                                   2,542   (1,673)   1,564
        Total adjustments to net income                 1,031   12,126   13,340
     NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES         13,388   17,622   28,271


     CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:                            
        Purchases of property and equipment           (57,171) (32,057) (14,866)
        Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired        --       --  (21,336)
     

     NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES            (57,171) (32,057) (36,202)
                                                                      
     CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:                            
        Proceeds from long-term bank borrowings        38,600    9,400       --

        Payments on long-term debt                        (72)     (99)     (96)
        Proceeds from issuance of common stock          1,741      109      540
        Purchases of treasury stock                        --   (8,596)      --
     NET CASH PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES         40,269      814      444
     NET DECREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS         (3,514) (13,621)  (7,487)

     CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS - BEGINNING OF YEAR     12,865   26,486   33,973
     CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS - END OF YEAR          $ 9,351  $12,865  $26,486

                    See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 OCEANEERING INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

                                               For the Years Ended March 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994

                                                                (in thousands)


                                                                      Additional                                  Cumulative
                                           Common Stock Issued          Paid-in        Treasury    Retained      Translation
                                        Shares       Amount          Capital          Stock     Earnings       Adjustment    Total
<S>                                     <C>        <C>              <C>           <C>           <C>             <C>          <C>
Balance, March 31, 1993             23,573    $ 5,893          $78,921       $    --       $23,772         $(10,255)    $98,331

Net Income                              --         --               --            --        14,931               --      14,931

Translation adjustments                 --         --               --            --            --           (1,156)     (1,156)
Stock options exercised                 84         21              519            --            --               --         540  

Restricted Stock issued                339         85              299            --            --               --         384

Tax benefit from exercise of
options                                 --         --              323            --            --               --         323

Balance, March 31, 1994             23,996      5,999           80,062            --        38,703          (11,411)    113,353
Net Income                              --         --               --            --         5,496               --       5,496

Translation adjustments                 --         --               --            --            --            4,144       4,144

Stock options exercised                 21          5              104            --            --               --         109

Restricted Stock plan compensation
expense                                 --         --              634            --            --               --         634
Treasury stock purchase of 977
shares, at cost                         --         --               --        (8,596)           --               --      (8,596)

Balance, March 31, 1995             24,017      6,004           80,800        (8,596)       44,199           (7,267)    115,140

Net Income                              --         --               --            --        12,357               --      12,357

Translation adjustments                 --         --               --            --            --           (3,140)     (3,140)
Stock options exercised                 --         --              113           497            --               --         610

Restricted Stock plan compensation
expense                                 --         --            1,008            62            --               --       1,070

Treasury stock issued to Company
Benefit Plan, at average cost           --         --               --         1,061            --               --       1,061

Balance, March 31, 1996             24,017    $ 6,004          $81,921       $(6,976)      $56,556         $(10,407)   $127,098


                                                 See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

</TABLE>

                       OCEANEERING INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                      NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


     1.   SUMMARY OF MAJOR ACCOUNTING POLICIES

          Principles of Consolidation

     The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Oceaneering
     International, Inc., (the "Company") and its 50% or more owned and
     controlled subsidiaries.  The Company accounts for its investments in
     unconsolidated affiliated companies under the equity method.  All
     significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

          Cash and Cash Equivalents  

     Cash and cash equivalents include demand deposits and highly liquid
     investments with original maturities of three months or fewer from the date
     of the investment.  Approximately $1.4 million and $1.5 million of the
     Company's cash at March 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively, was restricted and
     is deposited as security in interest bearing accounts in connection with
     legal proceedings.

          Depreciation and Amortization

     The Company provides for depreciation of Property and Equipment primarily
     on the straight-line method over estimated useful lives of 3 to 12 years
     for marine services equipment, 10 years for mobile offshore production
     equipment and 3 to 25 years for buildings, improvements and other
     equipment.

     The costs of repair and maintenance of Property and Equipment are charged
     to operations as incurred, while the costs of improvements are capitalized.
     Upon the disposition of property and equipment, the related cost and
     accumulated depreciation accounts are relieved and the resulting gain or
     loss is included as an adjustment to cost of sales.

     Goodwill arising from business acquisitions is amortized on the straight-
     line method over 15 years.

     Management periodically and upon the occurrence of a triggering event,
     reviews the realizability of goodwill and other long-term assets and makes
     any appropriate impairment adjustments and disclosures required by
     generally accepted accounting principles.

     In March 1995, Statement of Financial Accounting Standards Board standard
     number ("SFAS") 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
     and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of," was issued.  SFAS 121, which
     becomes effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1995,
     requires that certain long-lived assets be reviewed for impairment whenever
     events indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable
     and that an impairment loss be recognized under certain circumstances in
     the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the asset.
     The Company will adopt SFAS 121 in 1997, as required, and believes the
     adoption will have no material effect on the Company's results of
     operations or financial position.

          Revenue Recognition

     The Company's revenues are primarily derived from billings under contracts
     that provide for specific time, material and equipment charges, which are
     accrued daily and billed monthly.  Significant lump-sum contracts are
     accounted for using the percentage-of-completion method. Revenues on
     contracts with a substantial element of research and development are
     recognized to the extent of cost until such time as the probable final
     profitability can be determined.  Anticipated losses on contracts, if any,
     are recorded in the period that such losses are first determinable.

          Income Taxes  

     Effective 1994, the Company adopted SFAS 109, "Accounting for Income
     Taxes", which supersedes SFAS 96.  The cumulative impact of the adoption of
     this standard was not material.

          Foreign Currency Translation

     All balance sheet asset and liability accounts of foreign subsidiaries are
     translated into U.S. dollars at the rate of exchange in effect at the
     balance sheet date.  All income statement accounts are translated at
     average exchange rates during the year.  Adjustments arising from these
     translations are accumulated in a separate account within Shareholders'
     Equity.

          Net Income Per Common Share Equivalent

     Net income per common share equivalent has been computed on the basis of
     the weighted average number of shares of Common Stock and Common Share
     Equivalents outstanding in each year (23,258,000, 24,047,000 and 24,069,000
     in 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively).

          Other Long-Term Liabilities

     At March 31, 1996 and 1995, other long-term liabilities include $8.3
     million and $6.6 million, respectively, for self-insurance reserves not
     expected to be paid out in the following year and $3.7 and $2.4 million,
     respectively, for deferred income taxes.

          Reclassifications

     Certain amounts from prior years have been reclassified to conform with the
     current year presentation.

          Acquisitions

     In May 1993, the Company purchased the business and assets of the Space
     Systems Division of ILC Dover, Inc. ("ILC").  ILC designs, develops and
     fabricates spacecraft hardware and high temperature insulation products. 
     In July 1993, the Company purchased Oil Industry Engineering, Inc., a
     designer and fabricator of subsea control systems and in March 1994, the
     Company purchased the operating subsidiaries of Multiflex International
     Inc., a manufacturer of subsea control umbilical cables.  Total cost of the
     three acquisitions was $21 million cash.  The acquisitions were accounted
     for under the purchase method and the operating results of the businesses
     acquired are included in the consolidated financial statements of the
     Company from the respective dates of acquisition.  The costs of acquisition
     have been allocated on the basis of the estimated fair value of the assets
     acquired and liabilities assumed.  This allocation resulted in goodwill of
     approximately $14 million.  Had these acquisitions taken place at the
     beginning of 1993, unaudited pro forma revenues, net income, and net income
     per common share equivalent of the Company for 1994 would have been $259
     million, $15 million and $0.64.  The pro forma information has been
     prepared for comparative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of
     the operating results that would have occurred had the acquisitions taken
     place at the beginning of 1993, nor are they necessarily representative of 
     operating results which may occur in the future.

          Use of Estimates

     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
     accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
     assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
     disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the
     financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses
     during the reporting period.  Actual results could differ from those
     estimates.


     2.   INCOME TAXES

     The Company and its domestic subsidiaries, including acquired companies
     from the respective dates of acquisition, file a consolidated federal
     income tax return.  The Company conducts its operations in a number of
     foreign locations which have varying codes and regulations with regard to
     income and other taxes, some of which are subject to interpretation. 
     Foreign income taxes are provided at the appropriate tax rates in
     accordance with the Company's interpretation of the respective tax
     regulations after review and consultation with its internal tax department,
     tax consultants and, in some cases, legal counsel in the various foreign
     locations.  Management believes that adequate provisions have been made for
     all taxes which will ultimately be payable.

     Deferred income taxes are provided for temporary differences in the
     recognition of income and expenses for financial and tax reporting
     purposes.  The Company's policy is to provide for deferred U.S. income
     taxes on unrepatriated foreign income only to the extent such income is not
     to be invested indefinitely in the related foreign entity.

     The provision for income taxes for the year ended March 31, 1996 includes a
     provision for U.S. federal and state income taxes of $5.4 million and
     foreign taxes of $2.1 million.  The provision for income taxes for the year
     ended March 31, 1995, included a provision for U.S. federal and state
     income taxes of $5.1 million and foreign taxes of $1.9 million.  The
     provision for income taxes for the year ended March 31, 1994, included a
     provision for U.S. federal and state income taxes of $3.1 million and
     foreign taxes of $2.7 million.  As of March 31, 1996, the Company had loss
     carryforwards of approximately $27 million which are available to reduce
     future United Kingdom Corporation Tax which would otherwise be payable.

     The provision for income taxes for the year ended March 31, 1996, consists
     of $6.5 million for current taxes and $1.0 million for net deferred taxes. 
     The provision for income taxes for the year ended March 31, 1995, consisted
     of $9.0 million for current taxes less $2.0 million in net deferred taxes. 
     The provision for the year ended March 31, 1994 consisted primarily of
     current taxes.

     Cash taxes paid were $7.5 million, $8.1 million and $5.8 million for the
     years ended March 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.  


     As of March 31, 1996 and 1995, the Company's worldwide deferred tax assets
     and liabilities and related valuation reserves were as follows:

                                                     March 31,  
                                                  1996      1995 
                                                  (in thousands)

     Gross deferred tax assets                 $14,166   $12,949
     Valuation allowance                       (10,183)   (9,144)
          Net deferred tax assets              $ 3,983   $ 3,805

          Deferred tax liabilities             $ 3,666   $ 2,441


     The Company's deferred tax assets consist primarily of net operating loss
     carryforwards ("NOLs") in its United Kingdom subsidiary; these NOLs have no
     expiration date.  Deferred tax liabilities consist of depreciation and
     amortization and installment sale gain recognition.

     The Company has established a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets
     after taking into account factors that are likely to affect the Company's
     ability to utilize the tax assets.  In particular, the Company conducts its
     business through several foreign subsidiaries and, although the Company
     expects its consolidated operations to be profitable, there is no assurance
     that profits will be earned in entities or jurisdictions which have NOLs
     available.  Since April 1, 1994, changes in the valuation allowance
     primarily relate to the expected utilization of foreign NOLs and
     realization of foreign tax credits.

     Income taxes, computed by applying the federal statutory income tax rate to
     income before income taxes and minority interests, are reconciled to the
     actual provisions for income taxes as follows:

                                                    For the Years Ended 
                                                          March 31, 
                                                  1996      1995      1994  
                                                       (in thousands)

     Computed U.S. statutory expense           $ 6,986   $ 4,278   $ 7,300
     Change in valuation allowances              1,039     2,475    (1,723)
     Withholding taxes and foreign
       earnings taxed at rates different
       from U.S. statutory rates and 
       other, net                                 (530)      261       251

     Total provision for income taxes          $ 7,495   $ 7,014   $ 5,828


     3.   DEBT

     Long-term debt:                                    March 31,
                                                  1996           1995 
                                                     (in thousands)  

     Bank debt                                 $48,000         $9,400
     Capital lease obligations                      --             72
     Total long-term debt                      $48,000         $9,472


                                  Maturity Schedule
                                    (in thousands)

                              Year
                              1997                  --
                              1998                  --
                              1999             $24,000
                              2000              24,000
                              2001                  --


          Credit Agreement

     On April 12, 1995, the Company and a group of banks signed a credit
     agreement in the amount of $75 million (the "Credit Agreement").  At March
     31, 1996 the weighted average interest rate on outstanding borrowings under
     the Credit Agreement was 6.1% per annum.  There is a commitment fee of
     0.225% per annum on the unused portion of the banks' commitment.

     Under the Credit Agreement, the Company has the option to borrow dollars
     through Euro-Dollar loans at the London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR")
     plus 5/8%, certificate of deposit loans at the reserve adjusted certificate
     of deposit rate plus 3/4%, or base rate loans at the agent bank's prime
     rate.  The agreement contains certain restrictive covenants relative to
     consolidated debt, tangible net worth and fixed charge coverage.  Loans
     under the agreement are unsecured.  Under the agreement, dividends may not
     exceed 50% of cumulative consolidated net income from December 31, 1994.

     The Company has an uncommitted credit agreement dated March 29, 1996 with a
     bank in the amount of $20 million for use for borrowings and letters of
     credit (the "Uncommitted Line").  As of March 31, 1996, the Company had
     approximately $7.2 million in letters of credit outstanding under this
     agreement.

     Effective October 1, 1991, the Company entered into an interest rate swap
     agreement to reduce the impact of changes in interest rates under a then-
     existing term loan facility.  The notional amount declines by $1.5 million
     on the first business day of each calendar quarter and was $4.5 million at
     March 31, 1996.  The fixed rate in the swap is 7.9% and the floating rate
     is the three-month LIBOR.  The Company benefits under the agreement if
     LIBOR exceeds the fixed rate.  The differential to be paid or received is
     recognized as interest expense or income on a current basis.

     Cash interest payments of $2.2 million, $900,000 and $1.1 million were made
     in 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.  In 1996 interest expense of $300,000
     was capitalized as part of construction in progress.

     Subsequent Event (unaudited) 

     In June 1996, the Credit Agreement referred to above was amended and credit
     availability increased to $120 million.  The interest rate for Euro-Dollar
     loans when the total amount borrowed is $100 million or greater is LIBOR
     plus 3/4%.


     4.   EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

          Retirement Investment Plans

     The Company currently has four separate employee retirement investment
     plans which cover its full-time employees.  The Oceaneering Retirement
     Investment Plan is a deferred compensation plan in which domestic employees
     may participate by deferring a portion of their gross monthly salary and
     directing the Company to contribute the deferred amount to the plan.  The
     Company matches a portion of the deferred compensation.  The Company's
     contributions to the plan were $1,294,000, $992,000 and $807,000 for the
     plan years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.  The
     second plan is the Oceaneering International Services Pension Scheme for
     employees in the United Kingdom.  The Company provides funding for this
     plan based on actuarial calculations.  The plan assets exceed vested
     benefits and are not material to the assets of the Company.  Company
     contributions were $57,000, $67,000 and $85,000 for the years ended March
     31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.  There have been no new participants
     in this plan since March 1990.  The third plan is the Personal Pension Plan
     for employees in the United Kingdom.  Under this plan, which became
     effective May 1991, employees may contribute a portion of their gross
     monthly salary.  The Company also contributes a portion of the
     participants' gross monthly salary.  Company contributions to this plan for
     the years ended March 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, were $115,000, $108,000 and
     $62,000, respectively.  The fourth plan, the Oceaneering International,
     Inc. Executive Retirement Plan, covers selected key management employees
     and executives of the Company as approved by the Compensation Committee of
     the Company's Board of Directors ("Compensation Committee").  The
     participants in this plan may contribute a portion of their gross monthly
     salary and the Company matches up to 100% of that contribution.  Company
     expense related to this plan during the years ended March 31, 1996, 1995
     and 1994, was $362,000, $287,000 and $220,000, respectively.

          Incentive and Stock Option Plans

     The Company has in effect shareholder approved nonemployee director stock
     option and long-term incentive plans.  Under the 1990 Nonemployee Director
     Stock Option Plan ("Nonemployee Director Plan"), options to purchase up to
     an aggregate of 100,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock may be granted
     to nonemployee directors of the Company.  Each director of the Company is
     automatically granted an option to purchase 2,000 shares of Common Stock on
     the date the director becomes a nonemployee director of the Company and
     each year thereafter at an exercise price per share equal to 50% of the
     fair market value of a share of Common Stock on the date the option is
     granted.  The options granted are not exercisable until the later to occur
     of six months from the date of grant or the date the optionee has completed
     two years of service as a director of the Company.  Expense is recorded
     related to these options which have an exercise price less than fair market
     value on the date the option is granted.  Expense in 1996, 1995 and 1994
     was not material.

     Under the 1990 Long-Term Incentive Plan ("Incentive Plan"), a total of
     1,600,000 shares of Common Stock, or cash equivalents of Common Stock, are
     available for awards to employees and other persons (excluding nonemployee
     directors) having an important business relationship with the Company and
     its subsidiaries.  The Incentive Plan is administered by the Compensation
     Committee, which determines the type or types of award(s) to be made to
     each participant and sets forth in the related award agreement the terms,
     conditions and limitations applicable to each award.  The Compensation
     Committee may grant stock options, stock appreciation rights, stock and
     cash awards.  Options are normally granted at not less than fair market
     value of the optioned shares at the date of grant.  Options outstanding are
     exercisable over a period up to ten years, vesting at the rate of 20% per
     year for three years beginning one year after grant and 40% at the end of
     the fourth year.  In 1992, the Compensation Committee granted to certain
     key executives of the Company contingent cash incentive awards totaling a
     maximum aggregate amount of $2,000,000 payable over a three-year period,
     conditional upon the achievement of certain performance goals for the
     Company's Common Stock and continued employment of participants.  In
     September 1992, the performance requirement for the Company's Common Stock
     was met; in September 1995 the last of four equal installments was paid to
     the participants.  During 1994 and 1996, the Compensation Committee granted
     to certain key executives of the Company restricted Common Stock of the
     Company designed (i) to make a material portion of their potential future
     compensation contingent on performance of the Company's Common Stock and
     (ii) to retain their employ with the Company.  These grants are subject to
     earning requirements on the basis of a percentage change between the price
     of the Common Stock of the Company versus the average of the Common Stock
     price of a peer group of companies over a three-year time period.  Up to
     one-third of the total grant made in 1994 may be earned each year and the
     entire grant made in 1996 may be earned depending upon the Company's
     cumulative Common Stock performance, with any amount earned subject to
     vesting in four equal installments over three years conditional upon
     continued employment.  At the time of each vesting, a participant receives
     a tax assistance payment which the participant must reimburse the Company
     if the vested Common Stock is sold by the participant within three years
     after the vesting date.  In June 1995, the entire two-thirds of the total
     grant made in 1994 was earned, subject to vesting requirements, and none of
     the grant made in 1996 was earned.  At March 31, 1996, a total of 84,750
     shares was vested and a total of 261,250 shares of restricted stock was
     outstanding under these grants, of which 141,250 shares were earned,
     subject to vesting requirements.

     The Company also has in effect three other stock option plans under which
     options to purchase have been issued to employees and other persons
     affiliated with the Company.  Since approval of the Incentive Plan, no
     further grants or awards under these three stock option plans have been
     made or can be made or granted.  All of these stock option plans are
     administered by the Compensation Committee.  Options were normally granted
     at not less than the fair market value of the optioned shares at the date
     of grant.  

     Options outstanding under these three plans which were granted periodically
     from May 1988 to December 1992, are normally exercisable over a ten-year
     term with vesting at the rate of 20% per year for three years beginning one
     year after the date of grant and 40% at the end of the fourth year. 
     Options issued under one of these plans, the 1987 Special Incentive Plan,
     are exercisable in 20% increments on each of the first five anniversaries
     of the date of grant.

     During 1996, under the Nonemployee Director and Incentive Plans, options to
     purchase 46,000 shares were granted at prices ranging from $4.7188 to
     $10.25.  At March 31, 1996, options to purchase 1,354,830 shares at prices
     ranging from $4.00 to $16.00 were outstanding under all plans and options
     to purchase 893,380 shares at prices ranging from $4.00 to $16.00 were
     exercisable.  At March 31, 1996, there were 283,100 shares under these
     plans available for grant, of which 225,100 could be used for awarding
     stock options, stock appreciation rights, stock and cash awards to
     employees.


     5.   COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

          Lease Commitments

     At March 31, 1996, the Company occupied several facilities under
     noncancellable operating leases expiring at various dates through 2065. 
     Future minimum rentals under these leases are as follows:

                                             (in thousands)
                    1997                         $2,737
                    1998                          2,121
                    1999                          1,744
                    2000                          1,616
                    2001                          1,500
                    Thereafter                    2,070

                    Total Lease Commitments     $11,788

     Rental expense, which includes hire of vessels, specialized equipment and
     real estate rental, was approximately $19 million, $13 million and $16
     million for the years ended March 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.

          Insurance

     The Company self-insures for workers' compensation, maritime employer's
     liability and comprehensive general liability claims to levels it considers
     financially prudent and carries insurance after the initial claim levels,
     which can be by occurrence or in the aggregate, are met by the Company.  
     The Company determines the level of accruals by reviewing its historical
     experience and current year claim activity; accruals are not recorded on a
     present value basis.  Each claim is reviewed with insurance adjusters and
     specific reserves established for all known liabilities.  An additional
     reserve for incidents incurred but not reported to the Company
     is established for each year using management estimates and based on prior
     experience.  Management believes that adequate accruals have been  
     established for expected liabilities arising from such obligations.

          Litigation

     Various actions and claims are pending against the Company and its
     subsidiaries, most of which are covered by insurance.  In the opinion of
     management, the ultimate liability, if any, which may result from these
     actions and claims will not materially affect the consolidated financial
     position or results of operations of the Company.

          Letters of Credit

     The Company had $7.8 million and $7.6 million in letters of credit
     outstanding as of March 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively, as guarantees in
     force for various performance and bid bonds which are usually for a period
     of one year or the duration of the contract.

          Financial Instruments and Risk Concentration

     Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to
     concentrations of credit risk are primarily cash and cash equivalents, bank
     borrowings and accounts receivable.  The carrying value of cash and cash
     equivalents and bank borrowings approximates fair value due to the short
     maturity of those instruments.  Accounts receivable are generated from a
     broad and diverse group of customers primarily from within the energy
     industry, which is the Company's major source of revenues.  At March 31, 
     1996, the Company had a receivable of $20 million from an energy industry
     customer.  Subsequent to the year end, the receivable, which was not due
     until 1998, was paid in full by the customer and has therefore been treated
     as an accounts receivable.  The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful
     accounts based upon expected collectibility.


     6.   OPERATIONS BY BUSINESS SEGMENT AND GEOGRAPHIC AREA

          Business Segment Information

     The Company supplies a comprehensive range of integrated technical services
     to a wide array of industries and is one of the world's largest underwater
     services contractors.  The Company's Oilfield Marine Services business
     consists of underwater intervention and above-water inspection, maintenance
     and repair.  The Company's Offshore Field Development business includes the
     engineering, procurement, construction and installation of mobile offshore
     production systems, subsea intervention services and the production of
     subsea control umbilical cables.  The Company's Advanced Technologies
     business provides project management, engineering services and equipment
     for applications in harsh environments, primarily in non-oilfield markets.

     The following summarizes certain financial data by business segment:

                                             For the Years Ended March 31,
                                                1996      1995      1994
                                                     (in thousands)
     Revenues  

     Oilfield Marine Services                 $132,064  $106,294  $122,625
     Offshore Field Development                 80,855    62,918    37,121
     Advanced Technologies                      76,587    70,724    70,014
          Total                               $289,506  $239,936  $229,760

     Income from Operations

     Oilfield Marine Services                 $   (369) $ (2,485) $  9,194
     Offshore Field Development                 15,567     6,676     1,191
     Advanced Technologies                       4,988     8,563    10,545
          Total                               $ 20,186  $ 12,754  $ 20,930

     Identifiable Assets

     Oilfield Marine Services                 $102,776  $ 86,422  $ 70,259
     Offshore Field Development                103,538    53,124    45,153
     Advanced Technologies                      32,466    28,520    24,393
          Total                               $238,780  $168,066  $139,805

     Capital Expenditures

     Oilfield Marine Services                 $ 21,868  $ 25,916  $  9,261
     Offshore Field Development                 32,531     1,263    16,465
     Advanced Technologies                       2,772     4,878    11,004
          Total                               $ 57,171  $ 32,057  $ 36,730

     Depreciation and Amortization Expenses

     Oilfield Marine Services                 $ 10,996  $  7,861  $  6,950
     Offshore Field Development                  5,127     4,690     2,276
     Advanced Technologies                       4,444     3,681     2,970
          Total                               $ 20,567  $ 16,232  $ 12,196


     Income from operations for each business segment is determined before
     interest income or expense, other expense, minority interests and the
     provision for income taxes.  An allocation of these items is not considered
     practical.  All assets specifically identified with a particular business
     segment have been segregated.  Cash and cash equivalents, prepaid expenses
     and other current assets, investments and certain other assets have not
     been allocated to particular business segments.

     Revenues of approximately $34 million in 1995 and $26 million in 1994 were
     from the Royal Dutch Shell group of companies.  No other individual
     customer accounted for more than 10% of revenues in 1996, 1995 or 1994.


     Geographic Operating Areas

     Financial data by geographic area is summarized as follows:

                                             For the Years Ended March 31,
                                          1996           1995             1994
                                                    (in thousands)
       Revenues                                        
       United States                  $122,561        $117,630        $ 89,401
       North Sea                        53,289          48,934          60,515
       Africa                           39,747          36,361          36,510
       Far East                         38,084          22,924          24,343
       Other                            35,825          14,087          18,991
       TOTAL                          $289,506        $239,936        $229,760
                                                 
                                                 

       Income before Income Taxes and Minority Interests
       United States                  $  1,756        $  2,856        $  5,003
       North Sea                          (164)            188           6,451
       Africa                            9,519           6,582           4,051
       Far East                          1,342             353             804
       Other                             7,507           2,244           4,549
       TOTAL                          $ 19,960        $ 12,223        $ 20,858



       Total Assets
       United States                  $152,859        $ 87,405        $ 91,281
       North Sea                        51,521          52,449          30,235
       Africa                           29,733          33,374          39,459
       Far East                         12,185           9,386           8,206

       Other                             9,798           5,138           2,812
       TOTAL                          $256,096        $187,752        $171,993


     7.  ACCRUED LIABILITIES

     Accrued liabilities consisted of the following:

                                                           March 31,  
                                                      1996           1995
                                                        (in thousands)

         Payroll and related costs                 $14,271        $11,899
         Accrued job costs                          12,651          9,587
         Other                                       8,901          8,384

         TOTAL ACCRUED LIABILITIES                 $35,823        $29,870





                          SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA

                        (in thousands, except per share data)  

                                     (unaudited)


     Year Ended March 31, 1996

                                    Quarter Ended

                               June 30  Sept. 30   Dec. 31   Mar. 31      Total 
     Revenues                  $71,541   $77,088   $74,236   $66,641   $289,506

     Gross profit               13,309    15,964    14,453    11,049     54,775
     Income from operations      5,000     7,312     5,661     2,213     20,186

     Net income                  2,787     4,573     3,528     1,469     12,357 

     Earnings per common                                             
     share equivalent           $ 0.12    $ 0.20    $ 0.15    $ 0.06     $ 0.53 
     Weighted average number
     of shares outstanding      23,158    23,224    23,267    23,383     23,258


     Year Ended March 31, 1995

                                    Quarter Ended

                               June 30  Sept. 30   Dec. 31   Mar. 31      Total 
     Revenues                  $63,370   $66,898   $55,203   $54,465   $239,936

     Gross profit               14,094    15,383     8,622    11,065     49,164
     Income (loss)from
     operations                  5,728     6,572    (1,196)    1,650     12,754

     Net income (loss)           3,666     4,260    (2,850)      420      5,496

     Earnings (loss) per
     common share equivalent    $ 0.15    $ 0.18    $(0.12)   $ 0.02     $ 0.23 
     Weighted average number
     of shares outstanding      24,183    24,204    24,150    23,650     24,047


                                   EXHIBIT INDEX


                                           Registration
                                           or File   Form or         Exhibit  
   Exhibit                                 Number    Report Date     Number

     3       Articles of Incorporation 
             and By-laws
     *3.01   Certificate of Incorporation,
             as amended                    0-8418    10-K   March 1988   3(a)
     *3.02   By-laws, as amended           0-8418    10-K   March 1987   3(b)
     *3.03   Amendment to Certificate  
             of Incorporation              33-36872  S-8    Sept. 1990   4(b)
     *3.04   Amendment to By-laws          0-8418    10-K   March 1991   3(d)
     *3.05   Amendment to By-laws          1-10945   8-K    Nov. 1992    2
     4       Instruments defining the rights
             of security holders, including
             indentures
     *4.01   Specimen of Common Stock
             Certificate                   1-10945   10-K   March 1993   4(a)
     *4.02   Interest Rate and Currency
             Exchange Agreement dated
             July 29, 1991                 0-8418    10-Q   Sept. 1991   4(a)
     *4.03   Shareholder Rights Agreement
             dated November 20, 1992       1-10945   8-K    Nov. 1992    1
     *4.04   Bank Credit Agreement dated
             April 12, 1995                1-10945   10-K   March 1995   4.04
      4.05   Amended and Restated Bank Credit
             Agreement dated June 12, 1996
    10       Material contracts
    *10.01   1981 Incentive Stock Option
             Plan, as amended              2-80506   S-8    Sept. 1987   28(e)
     10.02   Oceaneering Retirement
             Investment Plan, as amended 
    *10.03   Employment Agreement dated
             August 15, 1986 between
             John R. Huff and Registrant   0-8418    10-K   March 1987   10(l)
     10.04   Addendum to Employment Agreement
             dated February 22, 1996 between
             John R. Huff and Registrant
    *10.05   1987 Incentive and Non-
             Qualified Stock Option Plan   33-16469  S-1    Sept. 1987   10(o)
    *10.06   Oceaneering International, Inc.
             Special Incentive Plan        33-16469  S-1    Sept. 1987   10(n)
    *10.07   Senior Executive Severance
             Plan, as amended              0-8418    10-K   March 1989   10(k)
    *10.08   Supplemental Senior Executive
             Severance Agreements, as
             amended                       0-8418    10-K   March 1989   10(l)
    *10.09   Oceaneering International, Inc.
             Executive Retirement Plan, 
             as amended                    1-10945   10-K   March 1995   10.08
    *10.10   Share Purchase Agreement
             related to the purchase of
             Sonsub Limited                0-8418    8-K    Jan. 1990     2
    *10.11   1990 Long-Term Incentive Plan 33-36872  S-8    Sept. 1990    4(f)
    *10.12   1990 Nonemployee Directors
             Stock Option Plan             33-36872  S-8    Sept. 1990    4(g)
    *10.13   Indemnification Agreement
             between Registrant and its
             Directors                     0-8418    10-Q   Sept. 1991   10(a)
    *10.14   1991 Executive Incentive
             Agreements                    0-8418    10-K   March 1992   10(p)
    *10.15   Restricted Stock Award
             Incentive Agreements          1-10945   10-K   March 1994   10(q)
     10.16   Restricted Stock Award  
             Incentive Agreement
     10.17   Bank Uncommitted Credit Line
             Agreement dated March 29, 1996
     10.18   1996 Bonus Award Plan
     21      Subsidiaries of the Registrant
     23      Consent of Independent Public
             Accountants
     24      Powers of Attorney
     27      Financial Data Schedule

   *    Indicates exhibit previously filed with the Securities and Exchange
        Commission as indicated and incorporated herein by reference.








                        AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT




                       AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT (this
             "Amended Agreement") dated as of June 12, 1996 among
             OCEANEERING INTERNATIONAL, INC. (the "Borrower"), the BANKS
             listed on the signature pages hereof (the "Banks") and
             MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK, as Agent (the
             "Agent").


                                W I T N E S S E T H :


                       WHEREAS, certain of the parties hereto have
             heretofore entered into a $75,000,000 Credit Agreement dated
             as of April 12, 1995 (the "Agreement"); and

                       WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to amend such
             Agreement to modify the fees payable thereunder and the
             Funded Debt Covenant contained therein, to increase the
             aggregate amount of the Commitments of the Banks from
             $75,000,000 to $120,000,000, to add the New Banks (as
             defined below) as parties to the Agreement as amended and
             restated hereby, to provide for changes in the respective
             Commitments of the Banks as set forth herein and to restate
             such Agreement in its entirety to read as set forth in the
             Agreement with the amendments specified below;

                       NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as
             follows:

                       SECTION 1.  Definitions; References.  Unless
             otherwise specifically defined herein, each term used herein
             which is defined in the Agreement shall have the meaning
             assigned to such term in the Agreement.  Each reference to
             "hereof", "hereunder", "herein" and "hereby" and each other
             similar reference and each reference to "this Agreement",
             "the Agreement" and each other similar reference contained
             in the Agreement shall from and after the date hereof refer
             to the Agreement as amended and restated hereby.  The term
             "Notes" defined in the Agreement shall include from and
             after the date hereof the New Notes (as defined below).

                       SECTION 2.  Change in Fees.  Section 2.06 of the
             Agreement is amended to read in its entirety as follows:

                       SECTION 2.06.  Fees.  (a) During the Revolving
             Credit Period, the Borrower shall pay to the Agent for the
             account of each Bank a commitment fee at the rate of 0.225%
             per annum on the daily average amount by which the amount of
             the Commitment of such Bank exceeds the aggregate  
             outstanding principal amount of the Loans of such Bank. 
             Such commitment fee shall accrue from and including the
             Effective Date to but excluding the last day of the
             Revolving Credit Period, and shall be payable quarterly in
             arrears on each March 31, June 30, September 30 and December
             31 during the Revolving Credit Period and on the last day of
             the Revolving Credit Period. 

                       (b) For each day during the Revolving Credit
             Period on which the aggregate outstanding principal amount
             of the Loans equals or exceeds $100,000,000, the Borrower
             shall pay to the Agent for the account of the Banks ratably
             in proportion to their Commitments a utilization fee at the
             rate of 0.125% per annum on the daily aggregate principal
             amount of Loans outstanding on such day.  Such utilization
             fee shall accrue from and including the Effective Date to
             but excluding the last day of the Revolving Credit Period,
             and shall be payable quarterly in arrears on each March 31,
             June 30, September 30 and December 31 during the Revolving
             Credit Period and on the last day of the Revolving Credit
             Period. 

                       (c)  For each day after the Revolving Credit
             Period on which the aggregate outstanding principal amount
             of the Loans equals or exceeds $75,000,000, the Borrower
             shall pay to the Agent for the account of the Banks ratably
             in proportion to their Commitments a utilization fee at the
             rate of 0.125% per annum on the daily aggregate principal
             amount of Loans outstanding on such day.  Such utilization
             fee shall accrue from and including the Conversion Date to
             but excluding the Termination Date, and shall be payable
             quarterly in arrears on each March 31, June 30, September 30
             and December 31 after the Revolving Credit Period and on the
             Termination Date. 

                       (d)  The Borrower shall pay to the Agent for its
             own account fees in the amounts and at the times heretofore
             agreed in writing between the Borrower and the Agent.

                       SECTION 3.  Up-Front Fee.  On or prior to the date
             this Amended Agreement becomes effective in accordance with
             Section 8 hereof, the Borrower shall pay to the Agent for
             the account of each Bank whose Commitment shall be an amount
             equal to or greater than $30,000,000, an up-front fee of
             .10% of the amount of such Bank s Commitment.

                       SECTION 4.  Amendment to Funded Debt Covenant. 
             Section 5.07 of the Agreement is amended to read in its
             entirety as follows:

                       SECTION 5.07.  Funded Debt.  Consolidated Funded
             Debt will not exceed at any time 100% of Adjusted
             Consolidated Tangible Net Worth.  For purposes of this

                                          2  





             Section, any preferred stock of a Consolidated Subsidiary
             held by a Person other than the Borrower or a Wholly Owned
             Consolidated Subsidiary shall be included, at the higher of
             its voluntary or involuntary liquidation value, in
             determining Consolidated Funded Debt.

                       SECTION 5.  New Banks; Changes in Commitments. 
             With effect from and including the date this Amended
             Agreement becomes effective in accordance with Section 8
             hereof, (i) each Person listed on the signature pages hereof
             which is not a party to the Agreement (a "New Bank") shall
             become a Bank party to the Agreement and (ii) the Commitment
             of each Bank shall be the amount set forth opposite the name
             of such Bank on the signature pages hereof.  Any Bank whose
             Commitment is changed to zero shall upon such effectiveness
             cease to be a Bank party to the Agreement, and all accrued
             fees and other amounts payable under the Agreement for the
             account of such Bank shall be due and payable on such date;
             provided that the provisions of Section 9.03 of the
             Agreement shall continue to inure to the benefit of each
             such Bank. 

                       SECTION 6.  Representations and Warranties.  The
             Borrower hereby represents and warrants that as of the date
             hereof and after giving effect thereto:

                       (a)  no Default under the Agreement has occurred
             and is continuing; and 

                       (b)  each representation and warranty of the
             Borrower set forth in the Agreement is true and correct as
             though made on and as of this date.

                       SECTION 7.  Governing Law.  This Amended Agreement
             shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the
             laws of the State of New York.

                       SECTION 8.  Counterparts; Effectiveness.  This
             Amended Agreement may be signed in any number of
             counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the
             same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were
             upon the same instrument.  This Amended Agreement shall
             become effective as of the date hereof when (i) the Agent
             shall have received duly executed counterparts hereof signed
             by each of the parties hereto (or, in the case of any party
             as to which an executed counterpart shall not have been
             received, the Agent shall have received telegraphic, telex
             or other written confirmation from such party of execution
             of a counterpart hereof by such party); (ii) the Agent shall
             have received a duly executed Note for each of the New Banks
             (a "New Note"), dated on or before the date of effectiveness
             hereof and otherwise in compliance with Section 2.03 of the
             Agreement; (iii) the Agent shall have received payment of

                                          3  





             the fees payable in accordance with Section 3 hereof; (iv)
             the Agent shall have received an opinion of Baker & Botts,
             L.L.P., special counsel for the Borrower, and of George R.
             Haubenreich, Jr., General Counsel of the Borrower,
             substantially in the respective forms of Exhibits B-1 and B-
             2 to the Agreement with reference to the New Notes and the
             Agreement as amended hereby; and (v) the Agent shall have
             received all documents it may reasonably request relating to
             the existence of the Borrower, the corporate authority for
             and the validity of the Agreement as amended and restated
             hereby, the New Notes and any other matters relevant hereto.











































                                          4  





                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
          Amended Credit Agreement to be duly executed by their respective
          authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.



                                     OCEANEERING INTERNATIONAL, INC. 



                                     By:  //s//ROBERT P. MINGOIA
                                     Robert P. Mingoia
                                     Treasurer



          Commitments
          $30,000,000


                                      ABN AMRO BANK N.V., Houston Agency

                                      By ABN AMRO NORTH AMERICA, INC.,
                                           as Agent



                                      By:  //s//H. GENE SHIELS         
                                      H. Gene Shiels
                                      Vice President and Director


                                      By:  //s//W. BRYAN CAMPBELL
                                      W. Bryan Campbell
                                      Vice President and Director



          $ 30,000,000               MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY
                                       OF NEW YORK



                                      By:  //s//JAMES S. FINCH
                                      James S. Finch
                                      Vice President








                                          5  






          $ 30,000,000                TEXAS COMMERCE BANK NATIONAL
                                         ASSOCIATION



                                      By:  //s//MONA M. FOCH
                                      Mona M. Foch
                                      Vice President



          $ 30,000,000                WELLS FARGO BANK (TEXAS),
                                        N.A.



                                      By:  //s//FRANK W. SCHAGEMAN
                                      Frank W. Schageman
                                      Vice President



          _________________
          Total Commitments

          $120,000,000
          =================


                                     MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY
                                        OF NEW YORK, as Agent



                                      By:  //s//JAMES S. FINCH
                                      James S. Finch
                                      Vice President
















                                          6 























                        OCEANEERING RETIREMENT INVESTMENT PLAN

                   (As Amended and Restated Effective July 1, 1995)




































          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157 



                        OCEANEERING RETIREMENT INVESTMENT PLAN

                   (As Amended and Restated Effective July 1, 1995)


                                      I N D E X

                                                                       Page


          ARTICLE I    DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . 3
          Section:
              1.1      Definitions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                       Affiliate  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                       Adjustment Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                       Authorized Leave of Absence  . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                       Beneficiary  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                       Break in Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                       Company  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                       Committee  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                       Common Stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                       Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                       Disability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                       Effective Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                       Employee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                       Employer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                       Employment Year  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                       ERISA  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
                       Fiduciaries  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
                       Forfeiture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
                       Former Participant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
                       Hours(s) of Service  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
                       Income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
                       Participant  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
                       Participation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
                       Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
                       Plan Year  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
                       Service  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
                       Trust or Trust Fund  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
                       Trustee  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
                       Year of Service  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
              1.2      Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

          ARTICLE II   PARTICIPATION AND SERVICE  . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
          Section:
              2.1      Participation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
              2.2      Notification of Eligible Employees . . . . . . . . 9
              2.3      Participant Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
              2.4      Transfers and Authorized Leaves of Absence . . . . 9
              2.5      Re-Employment; Certain Account Reinstatements  . . 9
              2.6      Service for Former Eastport Employees  . . . . .  10

          ARTICLE III  CONTRIBUTIONS AND FORFEITURES  . . . . . . . . .  11
          Section:
              3.1      Employer Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
              3.2      Deferred Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12

          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157 



                                                                       Page


              3.3      Withdrawals  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
                       (A)    Voluntary and Mandatory Contributions . .  14
                       (B)    Rollover Contributions  . . . . . . . . .  14
                       (C)    Pre 1985-Employer Contribution Account  .  14
                       (D)    Hardship Withdrawals  . . . . . . . . . .  14
              3.4      Disposition of Forfeitures . . . . . . . . . . .  16

          ARTICLE IV   ALLOCATIONS TO PARTICIPANTS' ACCOUNTS  . . . . .  17
          Section:
              4.1      Individual Accounts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
              4.2      Employer and Deferred Contributions  . . . . . .  17
              4.3      Forfeitures  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18
              4.4      Valuation of Trust Fund  . . . . . . . . . . . .  18
              4.5      Distributions Deducted from Participant's Account 18
              4.6      Income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18
              4.7      Investment Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18
              4.8      Investment  Directions   by  Participants;   Employer
                       Contribution 
                       Investment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
              4.9      Change of Investment of Account Balances . . . .  19
              4.10     Special   Provisions  Applicable   to  Eastport  Plan
                       Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20
              4.11     Loans  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20

          ARTICLE V    BENEFITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23
          Section:
              5.1      Retirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23
              5.2      Death or Disability  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23
              5.3      Termination for Other Reasons  . . . . . . . . .  23
              5.4      Payments of Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25
              5.5      Designation of Beneficiary . . . . . . . . . . .  26

          ARTICLE VI   TRUST FUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  28

          ARTICLE VII  ADMINISTRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29
          Section:
              7.1      Allocation  of  Responsibility among  Fiduciaries for
                       Plan and Trust
                        Administration  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29
              7.2      Appointment of Committee . . . . . . . . . . . .  29
              7.3      Records of Committee . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29
              7.4      Committee Action; Agent for Process  . . . . . .  30
              7.5      Committee Disqualification . . . . . . . . . . .  30
              7.6      Committee Compensation, Expenses and Advisers  .  30
              7.7      Committee Liability  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  30
              7.8      Committee Determinations . . . . . . . . . . . .  30
              7.9      Information from Employer  . . . . . . . . . . .  31
              7.10     General Powers of Committee  . . . . . . . . . .  31
              7.11     Uniform Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31
              7.12     Reporting Responsibilities . . . . . . . . . . .  31
              7.13     Disclosure Responsibilities  . . . . . . . . . .  32
              7.14     Annual Statements  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  32
              7.15     Annual Audit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  32

          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157



                                                                       Page


              7.16     Presenting Claims for Benefits . . . . . . . . .  32
              7.17     Claims Review Procedure  . . . . . . . . . . . .  33
              7.18     Unclaimed Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  34

          ARTICLE VIII   MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . .  35
          Section:
              8.1      Terms of Employment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  35
              8.2      Controlling Law  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  35
              8.3      Invalidity of Particular Provisions  . . . . . .  35
              8.4      Non-Alienation of Benefits . . . . . . . . . . .  35
              8.5      Payments in Satisfaction of Claims of Participants35
              8.6      Impossibility of Diversion of Trust Fund . . . .  35
              8.7      Distributions Under Domestic Relations Orders  .  35
              8.8      Transition Period  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  36

          ARTICLE IX   TRUST AGREEMENT AND TRUST FUND . . . . . . . . .  37
          Section:
              9.1      Trust Agreement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  37
              9.2      Benefits Paid Solely from Trust Fund . . . . . .  37
              9.3      Committee Directions to Trustee  . . . . . . . .  37

          ARTICLE X    ADOPTION      OF      THE     PLAN      BY      OTHER
                       ORGANIZATIONS;SEPARATION   OF    THE   TRUST    FUND;
                       AMENDMENTAND     TERMINATION     OF     THE     PLAN;
                       ANDDISCONTINUANCE OF CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE 
                       TRUST FUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  38
          Section:
              10.1     Adoptive Instrument  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  38
              10.2     Effect of Adoption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  38
              10.3     Separation of the Trust Fund . . . . . . . . . .  38
              10.4     Voluntary Separation . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  38
              10.5     Amendment of the Plan  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  39
              10.6     Effect of Amendment on Other Employers . . . . .  39
              10.7     Termination of the Plan  . . . . . . . . . . . .  39
              10.8     Liquidation  and  Distribution  of  Trust  Fund  upon
                       Termination  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  39
              10.9     Effect    of   Termination   or   Discontinuance   of
                       Contributions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  40
              10.10    Merger of Plan with Another Plan . . . . . . . .  40
              10.11    Rollover from Qualified Plans  . . . . . . . . .  41

          ARTICLE XI   LIMITATIONS ON BENEFITS  . . . . . . . . . . . .  42
          Section:
                       I.     Single Defined Contribution Plan  . . . .  42
                       II.    Two or More Defined Contribution Plans  .  43
                       III.   Defined  Contribution   and  Defined  Benefit
                       Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  44
                       IV. Definitions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  46

          ARTICLE XII  TOP-HEAVY PLAN REQUIREMENTS  . . . . . . . . . .  49
          Section:
              12.1     General Rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  49
              12.2     Vesting Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  49
              12.3     Minimum Contribution Provisions  . . . . . . . .  49

          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157  



                                                                       Page


              12.4     Limitation on Contributions  . . . . . . . . . .  50
              12.5     Coordination with Other Plans  . . . . . . . . .  50
              12.6     Distributions to Certain Key Employees . . . . .  51
              12.7     Determination of Top-Heavy Status  . . . . . . .  51

          ARTICLE XIII   TESTING OF CONTRIBUTIONS . . . . . . . . . . .  56
          Section:
              13.1     Definitions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  56
              13.2     Actual Deferral Percentage . . . . . . . . . . .  57
              13.3     Actual Deferral Percentage Limits  . . . . . . .  58
              13.4     Reduction of  Pre-Tax Contribution  Rates by Leveling
                       Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  58
              13.5     Increase in Pre-Tax Contribution Rates . . . . .  59
              13.6     Excess Pre-Tax Contributions . . . . . . . . . .  59
              13.7     Aggregation of  Family  Members  in  Determining  the
                       Actual Deferral Ratio  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  60
              13.8     Contribution Percentage  . . . . . . . . . . . .  60
              13.9     Contribution Percentage Limits . . . . . . . . .  61
              13.10    Treatment of Excess Aggregate Contributions  . .  62
              13.11    Aggregation  of  Family  Members  in Determining  the
                       Actual Contribution
                       Ratio  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  63
              13.12    Multiple Use of Alternative Limitation . . . . .  64

          ARTICLE XIV  TRANSFER OF ELIGIBLE ROLLOVER DISTRIBUTION . . .  65
          Section:
              14.1     Transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  65
              14.2     Definitions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  65


























          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157 



                        OCEANEERING RETIREMENT INVESTMENT PLAN

                   (As Amended and Restated Effective July 1, 1995)


                                       PURPOSE

                       Effective    as   of   April 1,   1982,   Oceaneering
          International,  Inc.  established the  Oceaneering International,
          Inc.   Employees  Stock   Purchase  Plan   and  contemporaneously
          therewith executed a trust agreement to enable eligible employees
          of the Company and its participating subsidiaries to share in the
          Company's profits  and to establish  for their benefit  a savings
          fund.

                       Effective    as   of    June 1,   1983,   Oceaneering
          International,   Inc.  amended   and  restated   the  Oceaneering
          International, Inc. Employees Stock Purchase Plan (the "Plan") in
          order  to merge  the  Employee Savings  and  Investment Plan  for
          Employees of Oceaneering International,  Inc. into the Plan which
          thereafter  was  known  as  the Oceaneering  International,  Inc.
          Employees Stock Purchase and Savings Plan.

                       Effective  as   of  June 1,   1983  the   Oceaneering
          International,   Inc.  Employees   Stock   Purchase  Plan   Trust
          (the "Trust"),  which   is  administered  pursuant  to   a  trust
          agreement  and which is intended to form  a part of the Plan, was
          amended  and  restated to  reflect  the  merger of  the  Employee
          Savings  and  Investment  Plan   for  Employees  of   Oceaneering
          International, Inc. into the Plan and the Trust.

                       Effective  January 1, 1984  the  Plan was  amended to
          comply with the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982.

                       Effective  January 1, 1985  the Plan was  amended and
          restated  to comply with the  provisions of the Deficit Reduction
          Act of 1984 and the Retirement Equity Act of 1984.

                       The Plan was amended  and restated to change the name
          of  the  Plan  to  the Oceaneering  Retirement  Investment  Plan,
          effective July 1, 1985, and to add a cash or deferred arrangement
          as  provided for  under  Section 401(k) of  the Internal  Revenue
          Code, effective October 1, 1985.

                       The Plan  was amended  effective January  1, 1987  to
          comply with the  provisions of the Tax Reform Act  of 1986 and to
          make certain other changes therein.

                       The  Plan  was  amended  and  restated  in  order  to
          incorporate all prior amendments, comply  with the Tax Reform Act
          of  1986  and to  make  certain other  changes  therein effective
          January 1, 1994.

                       Effective July  1, 1995, the  Plan is hereby  amended
          and  restated  in  order  to   provide  for  daily  valuation  of
          participant s accounts, to  incorporate new investment funds,  to

          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157 



          include  loan  provisions  and  to  make  certain  other  changes
          therein.

                       Effective July 1,  1995, the  Company terminated  the
          trustee and the  trust related  to the Plan,  appointed CG  Trust
          Company ( CIGNA ) as  the Trustee  of the Plan,  and adopted  the
          Agreement of Trust between the Company and CIGNA.

                       The  Plan and  the  Trust are  intended  to  meet the
          requirements  of  Sections 401(a),  401(k)   and  501(a)  of  the
          Internal Revenue Code of 1986, and the Employee Retirement Income
          Security Act of 1974, as either may be amended from time to time.
          The   Plan   is   a   profit-sharing   plan   for   purposes   of
          Section 401(a)(27)  of  the Internal  Revenue  Code  of 1986,  as
          amended.










































          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157  



                                      ARTICLE I

                             DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

               1.1  Definitions:  The  following  words  and phrases,  when
          used  herein, unless  their context clearly  indicates otherwise,
          shall have the following respective meanings:

                    Affiliate:  A  corporation or  other trade  or business
          which,  together  with an  Employer,  is  "under common  control"
          within the  meaning  of Section 414(b)  or  (c), as  modified  by
          Section 415(h)  of the  Code;  any organization  (whether or  not
          incorporated) which, together with an Employer, is a member of an
          "affiliated service group"  within the meaning of  Section 414(m)
          of the  Code; and any other entity required to be aggregated with
          the Employer pursuant to  regulations under Section 414(o) of the
          Code.

                    Adjustment Date:  Any date on  which the New York Stock
          Exchange is open for trading  and any date on which the  value of
          the  assets  of  the Trust  Fund  is  determined  by the  Trustee
          pursuant to Section 4.4 The last business day of December of each
          Plan Year shall be the "Annual Adjustment Date."

                    Authorized Leave of Absence:  Any absence authorized by
          the Employer  under the  Employer's standard  personnel practices
          provided  that all  persons under  similar circumstances  must be
          treated  alike  in the  granting  of  such Authorized  Leaves  of
          Absence and provided further  that the Participant returns within
          the period of authorized absence.  Absence due to service  in the
          Armed Forces of the  United States shall be deemed  an authorized
          leave of absence only to the  extent required by federal law  and
          then only if  the individual complies  with all prerequisites  of
          such federal law, including return to employment with an Employer
          within the period provided by such applicable federal law.

                    Beneficiary:  A   person   or   persons   (natural   or
          otherwise)  designated by  a Participant  in accordance  with the
          provisions  of Section 5.5  to  receive any  death benefit  which
          shall be payable under this Plan.  If a Participant has a spouse,
          then  unless the  spouse  consents as  set  forth in  Section 5.5
          hereof  the  spouse  shall  always  be  the  Beneficiary  of  the
          Participant.

                    Break in  Service:  An Employment  Year within  which a
          Participant completes less than 501 Hours of Service.  Solely for
          purposes of  determining  whether a  Participant has  a Break  in
          Service for eligibility or vesting purposes, an individual who is
          absent from work for maternity or paternity reasons shall receive
          credit for the hours  of service which would otherwise  have been
          credited to such individual but for such absence,  or in any case
          in  which such hours cannot be determined, eight hours of service
          per  day of  such absence.   For purposes  of this  paragraph, an
          absence from  work for  maternity or  paternity reasons means  an
          absence (i) by reason of the pregnancy of the individual, (ii) by
          reason of the birth of a child of the individual, (iii) by reason

          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157  



          of the placement  of a  child with the  individual in  connection
          with the adoption of  such child by such individual,  or (iv) for
          purposes  of  caring  for  such  child  for  a  period  beginning
          immediately following  such birth  or placement.    The hours  of
          service credited  under this  paragraph shall be  credited (i) in
          the  computation  period  in  which  the absence  begins  if  the
          crediting  is necessary  to prevent  a break  in service  in that
          period,  or (ii) in all other cases, in the following computation
          period.  No more than 501 Hours of Service shall  be credited for
          any single such absence.

                    Company:  Oceaneering  International, Inc.,  a Delaware
          corporation.

                    Committee:  The   Administrative   Committee  appointed
          pursuant to Section 7.2 to administer the Plan.

                    Common   Stock:  The   Common   Stock  of   Oceaneering
          International, Inc., par value $0.25.

                    Compensation:  The total of  gross earnings,  including
          payments  for   commissions,  overtime,  shift   premiums,  depth
          premiums,  and completion,  incentive and  executive compensation
          bonuses, but excluding payments for foreign housing, consumables,
          schooling,  overseas or  hardship  allowances, reimbursements  of
          expenses, taxes, or moving  allowances, income realized or deemed
          to  be realized  from  the exercise  of  stock options  or  other
          compensation under stock bonus or thrift or other such plans, and
          any  other  payments or  allowances of  any  kind for  foreign or
          domestic service not a function of direct salary or pay  based on
          service or performance; provided that, for purposes of allocating
          the  Employer's  contribution  for  the  Plan  Year  in  which  a
          Participant  begins or  resumes Participation,  Compensation paid
          before his  Participation began or resumed  shall be disregarded.
          Unmatched   Deferred   Contributions    and   Matched    Deferred
          Contributions authorized  by a  Participant pursuant to  a salary
          reduction agreement shall be considered Compensation for purposes
          of the Plan.   In  addition to other  applicable limitations  set
          forth in the Plan, and notwithstanding any other provision of the
          Plan  to the  contrary, the  Compensation of each  Employee taken
          into  account  under  the  Plan shall  not  exceed  $150,000,  as
          adjusted  by the Commissioner for increases in the cost of living
          in accordance  with  Section  401(a)(17)(B)  of the  Code.    The
          cost-of-living adjustment  in effect for a  calendar year applies
          to  any period, not exceeding  12 months, over which Compensation
          is determined  (determination period) beginning  in such calendar
          year.   If  a  determination period  consists  of fewer  than  12
          months, the Compensation limit will be multiplied by a  fraction,
          the  numerator  of  which   is  the  number  of  months   in  the
          determination period, and the denominator of which is 12.

                    If Compensation  for any prior determination  period is
          taken into account in determining an Employee's benefits accruing
          in  the  current Plan  Year,  the  Compensation  for  that  prior
          determination  period is  subject  to the  Compensation limit  in
          effect  for that prior  determination period.   For this purpose,

          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157  



          for determination periods  beginning before the first  day of the
          first  Plan Year  beginning  on or  after  January 1,  1994,  the
          Compensation  limit is  $150,000.  For  purposes of  applying the
          $150,000 limit  on Compensation, the  family unit of  an Employee
          who either is a 5% owner or is both a highly compensated employee
          and  one of  the ten  most highly  compensated employees  will be
          treated  as a  single  Employee with  one  Compensation, and  the
          $150,000  limit will be allocated among the members of the family
          unit  in proportion to the  total Compensation of  each member of
          the family unit.  For this purpose, a family unit consists of the
          Employee  who  is a  5%  owner  or one  of  the  ten most  highly
          compensated employees, the Employee's  spouse, and the Employee's
          lineal  descendants who have not attained age 19 before the close
          of the year.

                    Deferred Contribution: The amount  contributed pursuant
          to  the  Participant s  deferral  election  by  the  Employer  in
          accordance with Section 3.2.

                    Disability:  A  physical or mental  condition which, in
          the  judgment of  the Committee, based  upon medical  reports and
          other  evidences   satisfactory  to  the   Committee,  presumably
          permanently  prevents an Employee  from satisfactorily performing
          the duties  of any occupation  or job for which  such Employee is
          reasonably  fitted  or  otherwise  qualified  by  reason  of  his
          training, education or experience.

                    Effective Date:  July 1, 1995,  the date  on which  the
          provisions  of  this  amended  and  restated  Plan  first  become
          effective.

                    Employee:  Any person  who, on or  after the  Effective
          Date, is receiving remuneration for personal services rendered to
          the  Employer or  an Affiliate  (or who  would be  receiving such
          remuneration  except for an Authorized Leave of Absence).  On and
          after  January 1,  1987, any  person  who  is  otherwise  not  an
          Employee who pursuant to  an agreement between an Employer  or an
          Affiliate   ("recipient")   and   any   other   person  ("leasing
          organization") has  performed services for the  recipient (or for
          the recipient  and related persons determined  in accordance with
          Section 414(n)(6) of the Code) on a substantially full-time basis
          for a  period of at least  one year, and  such services are  of a
          type historically performed by employees in the business field of
          the recipient  employer,  is a  "leased  employee" and  shall  be
          considered an Employee, unless (i) the leased employee is covered
          by  a money  purchase pension  plan of  the leasing  organization
          providing:  (1) a non-integrated employer contribution rate of at
          least 10% of compensation, as defined in Section 415(c)(3) of the
          Code, but including amounts  contributed by the employer pursuant
          to a  salary reduction  agreement which  are excludable  from the
          employee's  gross income under  Section 125, 402(a)(8), 402(h) or
          403(b) of the Code, (2) immediate participation, and (3) full and
          immediate vesting;  and (ii) leased employees  do not  constitute
          more  than   20%  of   the  recipient's   non-highly  compensated
          workforce.    If a  leased employee  is  treated as  an Employee,
          contributions  or benefits  provided the  leased employee  by the

          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157  



          leasing organization which are attributable to services performed
          for  the recipient employer shall  be treated as  provided by the
          recipient employer.

                    Employer:  Oceaneering International,  Inc., a Delaware
          corporation, each division thereof, and its Affiliates which have
          adopted  the   Plan  and  become  an   Approved  Organization  in
          accordance with Section 10.1 and as listed on Schedule A hereto.

                    Employer  Contribution:  Contributions   made  by   the
          Employer on behalf of Participants pursuant to Section 3.1 of the
          Plan.

                    Employment Year:  The 12-month  period determined  from
          the  Employee's  first  performance of  an  Hour  of Service  and
          subsequent 12-month periods beginning  on the anniversary of such
          Employee's  performance  of  such   Hour  of  Service;  provided,
          however,  that in the case of any  Employee who incurs a Break in
          Service, upon  such Employee's re-employment his  Employment Year
          shall be deemed to commence on the date he first performs an Hour
          of Service after such Break in Service.

                    ERISA:  Public Law No. 93-406, the  Employee Retirement
          Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

                    Fiduciaries:  The Employer, the Committee,  the Trustee
          and any  Investment Manager  appointed pursuant  to the Plan  and
          Trust, but only with respect  to the specific responsibilities of
          each for  Plan  and Trust  administration,  all as  described  in
          Section 7.1.  Any  person or group  of persons may serve  in more
          than one fiduciary capacity with respect to the Plan.

                    Forfeiture:  The  portion  of a  Participant's Employer
          Contribution Account which is forfeited because of termination of
          employment before full vesting.

                    Former  Participant:  A  Participant  whose  employment
          with the Employer  has terminated  but who has  a vested  account
          balance under the Plan which has not been paid in full.

                    Hours(s) of  Service:  An Hour of Service  is each hour
          during an applicable computation period for  which an Employee is
          directly or  indirectly  paid,  or  entitled to  payment,  by  an
          Employer or an Affiliate for the performance of duties or for any
          period  of Authorized  Leave of  Absence.   Moreover, an  Hour of
          Service is each hour, not in  excess of 40 hours per week, during
          any period of unpaid Authorized Leave of Absence with an Employer
          or an Affiliate.  Such Hours of Service shall be  credited to the
          Employee  for the  computation period  in which such  duties were
          performed or in which such  Authorized Leave of Absence occurred.
          An Hour of Service  also includes each hour, not  credited above,
          for which  back pay, irrespective  of mitigation of  damages, has
          been  either awarded or agreed to by an Employer or an Affiliate.
          These Hours of  Service shall be credited to the Employee for the
          computation  period  to which  the  award  or agreement  pertains
          rather than the computation period in which  the award, agreement

          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157 



          or payment is made.  In determining  an Employee's total Hours of
          Service  during a computation period, a fraction of an hour shall
          be deemed a full Hour of Service.

                    Hours of  Service during  the period prior  to April 1,
          1982 shall be determined from whatever  records may be reasonably
          accessible to the Company and, if such records  are insufficient,
          the  Company  may make  whatever  calculations  are necessary  to
          approximate Hours of Service for the period in a manner uniformly
          applicable to all Employees similarly situated.

                    Instead of counting and  crediting actual hours worked,
          for purposes of determining the number of Hours of  Service to be
          credited to an  Employee, an  Employee may be  credited with  190
          Hours  of Service  for each  calendar month  during which  he has
          earned  one Hour  of Service.   For  purposes of  determining the
          number of Hours of Service to  be credited for reasons other than
          the  performance of  duties and  for purposes  of  determining to
          which  computation  period  Hours  of Service  earned  under  any
          provision  of this  Plan are  to be  credited, the  provisions of
          Department of Labor Regulation para. 2520.200(b)-2(b) and (c) are
          hereby incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein.

                    Income:  The net gain  or loss of  the Trust Fund  from
          investments,  as  reflected   by  interest  payments,  dividends,
          realized  and unrealized  gains and  losses on  securities, other
          investment transactions  and expenses  paid from the  Trust Fund.
          In  determining  the Income  of the  Trust  Fund for  any period,
          assets shall be valued on  the basis of their fair market  value.
          Income  shall  be separately  determined  for  separate types  of
          investments, including Common Stock  and any investments effected
          through  group  annuity contracts  or  other  products issued  by
          insurance  companies  in  order   that  the  net  gain   or  loss
          attributable  to  such  investments  be  allocated  only  to  the
          accounts  of those  Participants  who are  participating in  such
          investments.

                    Participant:  An   Employee   who   has  qualified   to
          participate in  the Plan  in  accordance with  the provisions  of
          Article II.

                    Participation:  The  period commencing  as of  the date
          the Employee becomes  a Participant  and ending on  the date  his
          employment with the Employer and Affiliates terminated.

                    Plan:  The  Oceaneering  Retirement Investment  Plan as
          set  forth in this  document and as  may be amended  from time to
          time.

                    Plan Year:  The 12-month period commencing on January 1
          and ending on December 31.

                    Service:  A  Participant's  period  of   employment  or
          deemed employment with the Employer determined in accordance with
          Article II and Section 5.3.


          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157 



                    Trust or Trust Fund:  The fund known as the Oceaneering
          Retirement  Investment Plan Trust,  maintained in accordance with
          the terms of  the trust agreement, as from  time to time amended,
          which constitutes a part of this Plan.

                    Trustee:  The  corporation  or individual  appointed by
          the Board of Directors of the Company to administer the Trust.

                    Year  of Service:  An Employment  Year during which the
          Employee had not less than 1,000 Hours of Service.

               1.2  Construction:  The masculine gender, where appearing in
          the Plan shall be deemed to include the feminine  gender, and the
          singular  shall include  the plural,  unless the  context clearly
          indicates to the contrary.










































          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157 



                                      ARTICLE II

                              PARTICIPATION AND SERVICE

               2.1  Participation:

               A.   Initial   Eligibility:  An   Employee  of   Oceaneering
          International,  Inc. (or of  any Affiliate which  has adopted the
          Plan  with the  consent  of Oceaneering  International, Inc.  and
          become an Approved Organization)  shall become eligible to become
          a Participant  as of  the first  day of  the calendar  month next
          following  twelve months from the date he first performed an Hour
          of Service.

               B.   Eligibility   Upon   Re-Employment:  Any  Employee   of
          Oceaneering  International,  Inc.  (or  any  Affiliate which  has
          adopted the  Plan with the consent  of Oceaneering International,
          Inc.) who is re-employed shall commence participation immediately
          if he  had been a Participant during  his prior period of Service
          or, if he had not  been a Participant during his prior  period of
          Service, shall commence participation  after the elapse of twelve
          months from the date he first performed an Hour of Service.

               C.   Temporary  Employees  Ineligible:  Notwithstanding  any
          other provision  of this Plan,  no temporary employee  (as herein
          defined)  shall  be  eligible  to  participate  herein  while  on
          temporary  status.   For  purposes  of  this  Plan,  a  temporary
          employee is an employee who is  hired in a temporary position.  A
          temporary  position is (i) a  position which  is expected  by the
          respective  Employer or  Affiliate to be  of limited  duration or
          (ii) for a  particular project upon  the conclusion of  which the
          employee is expected  by the respective Employer  or Affiliate to
          be terminated.

               D.   Leased Employees Ineligible:  Notwithstanding any other
          provision  of  this Plan,  no  leased  employee  (as  defined  in
          Article I) shall be eligible to participate herein.

               E.   Former Eastport Plan Participants:  Each individual who
          was a participant in  the Eastport International, Inc. Employee's
          401(k) Profit Sharing Plan on  December 31, 1992, and is employed
          by the Company on  such date ("Eastport Plan  Participant") shall
          immediately  be eligible  to  become a  Participant in  this Plan
          effective December 31, 1992.

               F.   Former ILC Employees:  Each  Employee, who was formerly
          employed  by ILC  Space Systems,  a division  of ILC  Dover, Inc.
          ("ILC") immediately prior to  the transfer of assets from  ILC to
          the Company on  May 18,  1993, shall receive  service credit  for
          such  Employee's last  period of  continuous employment  with ILC
          immediately  prior  to the  transfer  of assets  for  purposes of
          Service requirements  with respect to eligibility  to participate
          in and vesting under this Plan.

               G.   Former  Multiflex,  Inc.  Employees:  Effective  May 2,
          1994,  each Employee,  who  was formerly  employed by  Multiflex,

          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157 



          Inc., a Texas corporation ("Multiflex"), immediately prior to the
          Stock Purchase Agreement, dated March 4, 1994, among the Company,
          Oceaneering   International   Services   Limited  and   Multiflex
          International,  Inc.  shall  receive  Service  credit  for   such
          Employee's last  period of  continuous employment  with Multiflex
          immediately  prior  to the  transfer  of assets  for  purposes of
          Service requirements with  respect to eligibility to  participate
          in and vesting under this Plan.

               2.2  Notification  of  Eligible  Employees:  The  Committee,
          which shall be  the sole judge of the eligibility  of an Employee
          to  participate under the Plan, shall notify each Employee of his
          initial eligibility to participate in the Plan.

               2.3  Participant  Applications:  Each   Employee  who  shall
          become eligible to become  a Participant under the Plan,  and who
          shall desire so to  become a Participant, shall execute  and file
          with the Committee an application to become a Participant in such
          form as may be prescribed by the Committee, agreeing to  be bound
          by the terms and  conditions of the Plan, and  authorizing salary
          reductions for Deferred Contributions as  provided in Article III
          hereof. An Employee who does not  participate in the Plan when he
          first becomes eligible may commence  such participation, if he is
          then  otherwise eligible,  as of  the first  day of  any calendar
          month thereafter  by signing and  returning to  the Committee  an
          application, in the prescribed  form, at least ten days  prior to
          the  first day  of such  calendar month.   Once  an  Employee has
          commenced participation in the Plan he shall remain a Participant
          as  long as he continues as an  Employee of an Employer, is in an
          employment status  covered by the Plan and  has an account in the
          Trust Fund.

                    An Employee's application to become a Participant under
          the Plan shall include an election by the  Participant concerning
          which  of, and in what proportion, Deferred Contributions made in
          his behalf shall  be invested in  the particular Investment  Fund
          alternatives described in Section 4.7 of this Plan.

               2.4  Transfers  and  Authorized  Leaves  of  Absence:  If  a
          Participant is  transferred to employment with  an Affiliate that
          is not an  Employer or  to an employment  classification with  an
          Employer  that  is not  covered by  this Plan,  his participation
          under the Plan shall be suspended; provided, however, that during
          the  period of his employment in such ineligible position or with
          a   non-participating  Affiliate:  (i) he  may  make  no  further
          Deferred Contributions, (ii) he shall continue to vest, (iii) his
          Employer  Contribution   Account   shall  receive   no   Employer
          Contribution  allocations  under Section 4.2  for  periods during
          which he is not eligible to participate herein, and (iv) he shall
          continue  to participate in the  allocation of the  Income of the
          Trust Fund as provided in Section 4.6.

                    If a Participant  is on an Authorized Leave  of Absence
          he  shall discontinue  participation until  his return  to active
          employment except  that if  regular payroll  salary or  wages are


          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157 



          continued during  such absence the Participant  shall continue to
          participate during such absence.

               2.5  Re-Employment;  Certain  Account  Reinstatements:  Upon
          the re-employment  of any  individual who  had previously  been a
          Participant  after five  consecutive  Breaks in  Service, such  a
          re-employed individual shall not  be entitled to reinstatement of
          any Forfeiture  incurred by  reason of his  prior termination  of
          employment.   Upon  the re-employment  of an  individual  who had
          previously  been  a  Participant  and  prior  to  incurring  five
          consecutive Breaks  in Service, any prior  Forfeiture incurred by
          reason  of   his  termination  of  employment   and  a  resulting
          distribution  shall be  reinstated  as of  his re-employment  and
          thereafter held in his Employer Contribution Account.

               2.6  Service for Former Eastport Employees:  For purposes of
          calculating Service  under  this Plan,  a  Participant who  is  a
          former  Eastport employee  shall receive  credit for  his Service
          with Eastport as defined in the Eastport Plan.






































          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157 



                                     ARTICLE III

                            CONTRIBUTIONS AND FORFEITURES

               3.1  Employer  Contributions:  Each  Employer  shall make  a
          Contribution to  the Trust Fund in  cash or in Common  Stock (but
          contributions  of Common  Stock may  only be  made to  the extent
          Common  Stock   is  required   to  fund  Employer   Contributions
          (including Deferred Contributions) to be invested in Common Stock
          or to the  extent a restored account is to  be invested in Common
          Stock) equal to (i) any amount required to restore benefits under
          Section 7.18, (ii) an  amount equal  to 100% of  Matched Deferred
          Contributions that are to  be invested in Common Stock,  (iii) an
          amount equal to 50% of Matched Deferred Contributions that are to
          be   invested  among   the  available   Investment   Funds  under
          Section 4.7 hereof (excluding Common Stock), (iv) an amount equal
          to the Deferred Contributions authorized by Participants, (v) any
          amount necessary  to restore Forfeitures  under Section 2.5,  and
          (vi) such other amount as may be determined by the Employer.  The
          Employer Contribution  (except for  amounts  required to  restore
          benefits under Section 2.5  or 7.18) shall  be authorized by  the
          Employer by  adopting an appropriate  resolution of its  Board of
          Directors and announcing the contribution to Employees and either
          claiming such amount  as a  deduction on its  federal income  tax
          return or designating such amount in writing to the Trustee.  The
          total  of Employer and  Deferred Contributions shall  in no event
          exceed the  maximum amount deductible from  the Employer's income
          for such  year under  Section 404(a)(3)(A) of  the Code  plus any
          carried over credits which may have accrued  under Section 404 of
          the Code.

                    The amount of the Employer  Contribution in the case of
          Employer Contributions  made in  respect of the  Matched Deferred
          Contributions that are invested in Common Stock shall be equal to
          100% of such Matched  Deferred Contributions and, in the  case of
          Employer  Contributions  made  in  respect  of  Matched  Deferred
          Contributions that are invested  among all other Investment Funds
          (excluding Common Stock), shall  be equal to 50% of  such Matched
          Deferred Contributions.

                    Notwithstanding  the  foregoing   provisions  of   this
          Section 3.2,  from and  after  January 1, 1996,  if the  Employer
          determines prior  to the end of  the Plan Year that  the Plan may
          not  satisfy the actual contribution percentage test for the Plan
          Year  pursuant  to Article  XIII of  the  Plan, the  Employer may
          require  that  the  amount  of the  Employer  Contribution  being
          allocated  to  the  accounts   of  Participants  who  are  highly
          compensated  employees  be reduced  to  the  extent necessary  to
          prevent  excess aggregate  contributions from  being made  to the
          Plan.   Although the Employer  may reduce the  amount of Employer
          Contribution that may  be allocated  to the account  of a  highly
          compensated employee, the affected Participants shall continue to
          participate in  the  Plan.    The  determination  of  whether  an
          Employee is a  highly compensated employee shall be determined in
          accordance with  Code Section 414(q)  in  the determination  year
          which shall  be the Plan Year and the look-back year shall be the

          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157  



          12-month period  immediately preceding the determination year, or
          at the election of the Employer, may be the  calendar year ending
          within  the  determination  year.    In  applying  the  foregoing
          limitations to highly compensated employees, the Committee  shall
          adopt such  rules and procedures  as it determines  are necessary
          and appropriate in order to implement such limitations.  

                    Any   Employer   Deferred   Contribution  or   Deferred
          Contribution which is made  by a mistake of fact  may be returned
          to  the Employer, upon the direction of the Committee, within one
          year after the payment of  the Employer Deferred Contribution  or
          Deferred Contribution.

                    All  Employer  Deferred   Contributions  and   Deferred
          Contributions effected  to this Plan are specifically conditioned
          upon their deductibility under Section 404 of the Code and to the
          extent such deduction  is disallowed then, upon direction  of the
          Committee, so much of  such Employer Deferred Contribution and/or
          Deferred Contribution which is disallowed as a deduction shall be
          returned  to the  Employer  not later  than  one year  after  the
          disallowance of the deduction.

                    Employer    Deferred    Contributions   and    Deferred
          Contributions may be made at any time before the due  date of the
          Company's  federal   income  tax  return   (including  extensions
          thereof) for  its fiscal year within which occurs the last day of
          the Plan Year for which such contributions are made.

               3.2  Deferred Contributions:  Each Participant,  so long  as
          he  remains a Participant, shall be permitted to elect a Deferred
          Contribution  rate and  have  contributed to  the  Trust Fund  an
          amount in 1% increments  (or other incremental amounts determined
          by the Committee) from 1% to 16% of his Compensation for the Plan
          Year.  Subject to the specific provisions of this Section 3.2, in
          the  usual case Deferred Contributions not exceeding the first 6%
          of  his   Participant's  Compensation  shall  be  termed  Matched
          Deferred  Contributions and the  excess of Deferred Contributions
          over  Matched Deferred  Contributions shall  be termed  Unmatched
          Deferred Contributions.

                    All   Deferred   Contributions   must   be    made   by
          payroll deduction  in  accordance with  rules established  by the
          Committee.   All Deferred Contributions shall be paid over to the
          Trustee  as soon as  is practicable after  withholding by payroll
          deduction.    A  change  in  the  amount  of  Compensation  of  a
          Participant shall  not change the percentage  of his Compensation
          previously directed to be withheld under this Section 3.2.

                    A Participant  may, by giving 10  days' advance written
          notice  to  the Committee,  change  the  amount of  his  Deferred
          Contributions once every 30 days effective as of the first day of
          the next calendar month.

                    A Participant may  elect at any time to totally suspend
          either his Unmatched  Deferred or Matched  Deferred Contributions
          and such  suspension  shall become  effective for  the first  pay

          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157  



          period  next following receipt by the Committee of such notice of
          suspension if such notice is received at least ten  days prior to
          the commencement  of such pay period, otherwise  the notice shall
          be effective for the next following  pay period.  In the event of
          a  suspension,   the  Unmatched  Deferred  or   Matched  Deferred
          Contributions, or both, so suspended may not be resumed until the
          first  day of  the  calendar month  next  following six  calendar
          months from the  date such contributions were discontinued.   For
          any period which a Participant is suspended from participating in
          the Plan pursuant to  the provisions of this Section 3.2,  such a
          Participant shall  nevertheless remain a Participant  in the Plan
          and he shall participate, to the extent he is otherwise entitled,
          in  Employer Contributions  under the  Plan and his  Account will
          continue to share in Income of the Trust Fund during such period.

                    Notwithstanding  the  foregoing   provisions  of   this
          Section 3.2, on and after January 1, 1989 and prior to January 1,
          1996,  in the case of  a highly compensated  employee (within the
          meaning  of Section  414(g) of  the Code  (i) no  compensation in
          excess of $50,000 shall be  considered for determining an  amount
          of  such Participant s  Deferred Contribution  rate and  (ii) the
          maximum Deferred  Contributions for such a  Participant shall not
          exceed 6% of the Participant s Compensation (as limited by clause
          (i) hereof).   From and  after January 1, 1996,  if the  Employer
          determines prior  to the end of  the Plan Year that  the Plan may
          not  satisfy  the actual  deferral  percentage  test pursuant  to
          Article XIII  of the  Plan for  the Plan  Year, the Employer  may
          reduce  the  percentage  rate   of  Compensation  that  a  highly
          compensated  employee  has  elected  to defer  pursuant  to  this
          Section   3.2  to   the  extent   necessary  to   prevent  excess
          contributions from being made to the Plan.  Although the Employer
          may  reduce  the amount  of  Deferred  Contribution that  may  be
          allocated to the  account of a  highly compensated employee,  the
          affected Participants shall continue  to participate in the Plan.
          When the  situation that  resulted in the  reduction of  Deferred
          Contributions ceases  to exist, the Employer  shall reinstate the
          amount of  Deferred Contributions  elected by the  Participant to
          the  fullest extent possible  for all affected  Participants in a
          nondiscriminatory  manner.    The  determination  of  whether  an
          Employee is  a highly compensated employee shall be determined in
          accordance with  Code Section 414(q)  in  the determination  year
          which shall be the Plan Year and the look-back year  shall be the
          12-month period  immediately preceding the determination year, or
          at the election of the Employer,  may be the calendar year ending
          within  the  determination  year.    In  applying  the  foregoing
          limitations to highly compensated employees, the Committee  shall
          adopt  such rules and  procedures as it  determines are necessary
          and appropriate in order to implement such limitations.

                    Notwithstanding  the  foregoing   provisions  of   this
          Section 3.2,  a Participant's  Deferred Contributions  during any
          taxable year beginning after  December 31, 1995, shall not exceed
          a  maximum of $9,500 as adjusted by the Secretary of the Treasury
          to  account  for  cost-of-living  increases.    In  the  event  a
          Participant's Deferred Contributions exceed such limit, or in the
          event the Participant submits a  written claim to the  Committee,

          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157  



          at  the time  and  in the  manner  prescribed by  the  Committee,
          specifying an  amount of Deferred Contributions  that will exceed
          the  applicable limit of Section 402(g) of the Code when added to
          amounts   deferred  by   the  Participant   in  other   plans  or
          arrangements,  such  excess  (the "Excess  Deferrals"),  plus any
          income and minus any loss attributable thereto, shall be returned
          to the Participant by the  April 15 of the following year.   Such
          income  shall include the allocable gain or loss for (i) the Plan
          Year in which  the Excess Deferral  occurred and (ii) the  period
          from the end  of that Plan Year to the  date of distribution, and
          distribution  shall  first  be  applied  to  Unmatched   Deferred
          Contributions  and, upon  their exhaustion,  to Matched  Deferred
          Contributions.    The  amount  of  any  Excess  Deferrals  to  be
          distributed  to a Participant for a taxable year shall be reduced
          by   excess   Pre-Tax  Contributions   distributed   pursuant  to
          Article XIII for  the Plan Year  beginning in such  taxable year.
          The  income  or loss  attributable  to  the Participant's  Excess
          Deferral for the Plan Year shall be determined by multiplying the
          income  or  loss  attributable to  the  Participant's  respective
          Deferred  Contribution  Account balance  for  the  Plan Year  (or
          relevant portion  thereof) by a fraction, the  numerator of which
          is  the Excess  Deferral  and the  denominator  of which  is  the
          Participant's total respective Deferred Account balance as of the
          Valuation  Date next preceding the  date of return  of the Excess
          Deferral.   Unless the Committee elects  otherwise, the income or
          loss attributable  to the  Participant's Excess Deferral  for the
          period  between  the  end of  the  Plan  Year  and  the  date  of
          distribution shall be determined using the safe-harbor method set
          forth in Treasury Regulations to Section 402(g) of  the Code, and
          shall be equal  to 10% of  the allocable income  or loss for  the
          Plan Year, calculated as  set forth immediately above, multiplied
          by the number  of calendar months that have elapsed since the end
          of the Plan Year.  For  these purposes, distribution of an Excess
          Deferral on or  before the 15th day of a  calendar month shall be
          treated as  having been made  on the  last day  of the  preceding
          month, and  a distribution  made thereafter  shall be treated  as
          having been made on the first day of the next  month.  Any Excess
          Deferrals  not returned  to the  Participant by  April 15  of the
          following  year  shall  be  treated  as  Annual  Additions  under
          Article XI of the Plan.

               3.3  Withdrawals:

                    (A)  Voluntary   and   Mandatory  Contributions:   Upon
                written  application to  the Committee,  a Participant  may
                elect  at  any  time to  withdraw  all  or  any portion  of
                Voluntary  Contributions  in   the  Employee   Contribution
                Account   of  such  Participant   (made  pursuant   to  the
                provisions  of  the  Plan in  effect  prior  to  October 1,
                1985), as  adjusted for  investment income,  gain or  loss,
                determined as  of the  Adjustment Date  next following  the
                filing of the election to withdraw by the Participant  with
                the Committee.   A  Participant may  elect at  any time  to
                withdraw all or  any portion of Mandatory  Contributions in
                the  Employee  Contribution  Account  of  such  Participant
                (made pursuant  to  the provisions  of the  Plan in  effect

          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157  



                prior  to October 1,  1985),  as  adjusted  for  investment
                income, gain or loss, determined as of the  Adjustment Date
                next  following the filing of the election to withdraw with
                the Committee.

                    (B)  Rollover  Contributions: Upon  written application
                to the  Committee, a Participant  may elect at  any time to
                withdraw all  or any portion  of Rollover  Contributions in
                such  Participant s   Rollover  Account,  as  adjusted  for
                investment  income, gain  or  loss,  determined as  of  the
                Adjustment Date next  following the filing of  the election
                to withdraw by the Participant with the Committee.

                    (C)  Pre   1985-Employer  Contribution   Account:  Upon
                written  application to  the Committee,  a  Participant may
                elect  at  any  time to  withdraw  all  or  any portion  of
                contributions in  his Employer  Contribution Account  which
                are attributable  to  contributions  made pursuant  to  the
                provisions of the Plan in effect  prior to October 1, 1985.
                Provided,  however, that  no  such  withdrawal of  Employer
                Contributions made prior to 1985  shall be permitted unless
                the   Participant's  Voluntary   Contributions,   Mandatory
                Contributions and/or  Rollover  Contributions are  then  or
                have previously been completely and  fully withdrawn by the
                Participant.  A Participant's request  to withdraw any such
                Employer Contributions shall  be subject to the  consent of
                the Committee.   Each  such withdrawal  from such  Employer
                Contribution Account  shall be  made as  of the  Adjustment
                Date next following the  date of the filing of  election to
                withdraw with the Committee.

                    (D)  Hardship Withdrawals:   A Participant  may at  any
                time  file  with  the   Committee  an  appropriate  written
                request for a hardship  withdrawal of an amount equal  to a
                specified  portion  of  his  vested  Employer  Contribution
                Account and Deferred Accounts;  provided, however, that  no
                such   withdrawal  shall   be   permitted  (i) unless   the
                Participant's     Employee      Contribution     Account(s)
                (attributable  to  Voluntary  and Mandatory  Contributions)
                and/or  Rollover Account  is then  or  has previously  been
                completely  withdrawn by  the  Participant  or (ii) to  the
                extent  such withdrawal  would include  Income allocated to
                his  Deferred Accounts  on or  after  January 1, 1989,  and
                that  on and  after  January 1,  1989, no  such  withdrawal
                shall be  made from  his Employer  Contribution Account  to
                the  extent   such  withdrawal   would  include   qualified
                matching    contributions   or    qualified    non-elective
                contributions,  as  defined in  Section 1.401(k)-1(g)(7) of
                the  Treasury   Regulations,  and   any  Income   allocated
                thereto.   A Participant's request  to withdraw  any amount
                from  Employer  Contribution Account  or  Deferred Accounts
                must  be  made  in writing  and  shall  be  subject to  the
                consent  of the  Committee.   The  basis for  the Committee
                consenting to or  refusing to consent to  the Participant's
                request shall be that of  demonstrated severe and immediate
                financial hardship of  the Participant and other  resources

          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157 



                of  the  Participant  are   not  reasonably  available   to
                alleviate the hardship.  

                    A Participant must have taken all distributions,  other
                than  hardship  distributions,  and  all  nontaxable  loans
                otherwise available under this Plan  and all employee plans
                maintained  by the  Company.   The  amount of  the hardship
                withdrawal  shall  be  limited to  that  amount  which  the
                Committee determines to  be required to meet  the immediate
                financial need  created by the hardship;  provided however,
                the amount  may include  any amounts  necessary to  pay any
                federal,  state   or  local   income  taxes  or   penalties
                reasonably anticipated to result from the distribution.

                    The hardship withdrawal shall  be made in cash  as soon
                as  practicable after the  Participant submits the hardship
                request,  and   the  dollar   amount  withdrawn  shall   be
                determined  by  reference  to the  value  of  the  Deferred
                Contribution  Account and  the value  of the  Participant s
                vested  interest in his  Employer Contributions  Account as
                of the  Adjustment Date immediately  preceding the  date of
                withdrawal,  plus  the  net dollar  amount  of  his  or her
                contributions  for  the  month  in  which   the  withdrawal
                occurs.  The Participant shall file a  written request with
                the Committee specifying  the reasons  for the  withdrawal,
                the  amount of  funds requested  to  be withdrawn,  and the
                Account from  which  the  withdrawal should  be  made.    A
                Participant who receives  such a hardship withdrawal  shall
                be  prohibited from  making a  Deferred  Contribution under
                the   Plan   or   elective   contributions   and   employee
                contributions  to   all  other  plans  maintained   by  the
                Employer for the  12 consecutive months following  the date
                of distribution, and in addition,  the dollar limitation on
                the Deferred  Contribution described  in Section 3.2  shall
                be reduced  in the year  following the  hardship withdrawal
                by  the amount  of the  Deferred Contribution  made  by the
                Participant in  the Plan Year  during which  the withdrawal
                was made.

                    The following standards (or such other standards as may
                be acceptable  under Treasury  Regulations issued  pursuant
                to Section  401(k) of  the Code)  shall be  applied by  the
                Committee  on a  uniform  and  nondiscriminatory  basis  in
                determining the existence of such a hardship:

                         (i)  expenses  for   medical  care  previously
                    incurred  by the  Participant or  the Participant's
                    spouse,  children or  other dependents  (within the
                    meaning of Section 152  of the  Code) or  necessary
                    for these  persons to obtain medical care described
                    in Section 213(d) of the Code;

                         (ii) costs directly related to the purchase of
                    a   principal   residence   for   the   Participant
                    (excluding mortgage payments);


          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157 



                         (iii)     payment   of  tuition   and  related
                    educational  fees  for  the   next  12  months   of
                    post-secondary education for the Participant or the
                    Participant's spouse, children or  other dependents
                    as defined in Section 152 of the Code; or

                         (iv) payments   necessary   to   prevent   the
                    eviction  of  the  Participant  from  his principal
                    residence,  or foreclosure on  the mortgage  of the
                    Participant's principal residence.

                    Any  withdrawal shall be from  such one or  more of the
          investments in  which the Participant's Accounts  are invested as
          determined  by the  Committee  in its  sole  discretion, but  the
          Committee  may determine  to  permit Participants  to elect  from
          which investments a less than total withdrawal shall be made.

               3.4  Disposition   of  Forfeitures:  In  the  event  of  the
          termination   of  a   Participant's   employment,  his   Employer
          Contribution Account shall continue to be maintained (and receive
          Income allocations pursuant to Section 4.6).  Upon the earlier of
          the terminated  Participant's (i) receiving a distribution of the
          entire  portion  of the  Account to  which  he is  entitled under
          Section 5.3 (except,  that if he  is not so entitled  to any such
          portion,  he shall be deemed to have received such a distribution
          upon  such  termination  of employment)  or  (ii) incurring  five
          consecutive  Breaks in  Service, the  portion of  the  Account to
          which he is not entitled shall  become a Forfeiture and, as such,
          forfeited from the Account, valued as of the preceding Adjustment
          Date  and available  to reduce  future Employer  Contributions in
          accordance  with   the  provisions  of  this  Section.    Upon  a
          terminated Participant becoming re-employed by the Employer or an
          Affiliate prior  to incurring five consecutive  Breaks in Service
          but  after incurring a Forfeiture, the  amount of the Forfeiture,
          valued as of the Adjustment Date preceding the date forfeited and
          without  adjustment for  subsequent  gains and  losses, shall  be
          reinstated in  his Employer  Contribution Account.   In  any Plan
          Year in which amounts  are required to be credited to the Account
          of  a   previous  Participant  pursuant   to  the   re-employment
          provisions of Section 2.5 or  the unclaimed benefit provisions of
          Section 7.18 hereof,  such amounts  shall be charged  against and
          deducted from Forfeitures otherwise available  to reduce Employer
          Contributions for the  Plan Year  in which such  amounts must  be
          reinstated.  To  the extent  that Forfeitures for  any Plan  Year
          exceed  the  amounts  required   to  reinstate  the  Accounts  of
          reinstated Participants, they shall be applied to reduce Employer
          Contributions  for the  Plan Year.    In any  Plan Year  in which
          Forfeitures exceed the amount required as Employer Contributions,
          such excess shall be  held in a suspense account (which shall not
          share  in the  Income  of  the  Trust  Fund)  and  applied  until
          exhausted toward satisfying future Employer Contributions.






          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157 



                                      ARTICLE IV

                        ALLOCATIONS TO PARTICIPANTS' ACCOUNTS

               4.1  Individual Accounts:  The  Committee  shall create  and
          maintain adequate records to  disclose the interest in  the Trust
          of each  Participant, Former  Participant and Beneficiary.   Such
          records  shall be in the form of individual accounts, and credits
          and charges shall be  made to such accounts in  the manner herein
          described.

                    Each Participant may  have the following  Accounts:  An
          Employer Contribution Account, an Unmatched Deferred Contribution
          Account, a  Matched Deferred Contribution Account  and a Rollover
          Account.   In  addition, a Participant  in the Plan  as in effect
          prior  to October 1,  1985,  may also  have a  Mandatory Employee
          Contribution  Account  and  a  Voluntary   Employee  Contribution
          Account.   The  maintenance of  individual accounts  is  only for
          accounting purposes,  and a  segregation of  assets of  the Trust
          Fund to each account  shall not be required.   Voluntary Employee
          Contribution Accounts, Mandatory Employee  Contribution Accounts,
          Unmatched Deferred Accounts and  Matched Deferred Accounts  shall
          be non-forfeitable and fully vested at all times.

               4.2  Employer    and    Deferred    Contributions:  Deferred
          Contributions shall  be allocated  to the  respective Participant
          Deferred  Contribution Accounts of those Participants who elected
          salary  reduction in  order to  have such  Deferred Contributions
          made by the Employer.

                    Subject to the limitations  of Section 3.1, the portion
          of  the Employer  Contribution  effected to  restore benefits  as
          required under either Section 2.5  or 7.18 shall be  allocated to
          the appropriate Participants entitled  thereto.  The remainder of
          the Employer Contribution (excluding Deferred  Contributions) for
          any  Plan Year  shall be  allocated to  eligible  Participants by
          dividing such remainder into  two parts, one part each  for those
          Employer  Contributions  that  are  made in  respect  of  Matched
          Deferred  Contributions invested  in Common  Stock and  the other
          part consisting  of those Employer Contributions that are made in
          respect of Matched Deferred Contributions that are invested among
          the available Investment Funds pursuant to Section 4.7 (excluding
          Common Stock).   The amount  of each Participant's  share of  the
          part  of the Employer's Contribution  that is made  in respect of
          Matched Deferred Contributions  invested in Common Stock is to be
          determined by multiplying the total of such Employer Contribution
          to be allocated  times a fraction, the numerator  of which is the
          Participant's  Matched Deferred  Contributions for the  Plan Year
          that are to be  invested in Common Stock  and the denominator  of
          which is the total of all eligible Participants' Matched Deferred
          Contributions for the Plan Year that are to be invested in Common
          Stock.  The amount of each Participant's share in the part of the
          Employer's Contribution that is attributable to Matched  Deferred
          Contributions  invested  among  the  available  Investment  Funds
          pursuant  to  Section 4.7  (excluding  Common  Stock)  is  to  be
          determined by multiplying the total of such Employer Contribution

          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157 



          to be allocated times  a fraction, the numerator of which  is the
          Participant's  Matched Deferred Contributions  for the  Plan Year
          which  have  been  or are  to  be  invested  among the  available
          Investment Funds pursuant to Section 4.7 (excluding Common Stock)
          and  the  denominator  of which  is  the  total  of all  eligible
          Participants' Matched Deferred  Contributions which have  been or
          are to be invested among the available Investment  Funds pursuant
          to Section 4.7 (excluding Common  Stock) for the Plan Year.   Any
          amount of Employer Contribution  allocated to a Participant shall
          be allocated to his Employer Contribution Account.

                    Allocation    of    Employer,    including    Deferred,
          Contributions  may   be  effected  as  of   any  Adjustment  Date
          determined  by  the   Committee;  provided,  however,  that   all
          Employer, including Deferred,  Contributions shall be  allocated,
          unless  allocated earlier in the Plan Year, as of the December 31
          Adjustment Date.

               4.3  Forfeitures:  As  of   the  end  of  each   Plan  Year,
          Forfeitures,  which have become available for distribution during
          such  Plan Year,  shall  be credited  to  the obligation  of  the
          Employer to effect Employer, including Deferred, Contributions.

               4.4  Valuation of Trust Fund:  A valuation of the Trust Fund
          shall  be made  as  of  each  annual  Adjustment  Date  and  such
          valuation shall be  based upon  the current market  value of  the
          Trust Fund.  The  Committee may in its discretion require that an
          Adjustment  Date with a determination of asset value occur on any
          other  date during  the  Plan Year  that  the Committee  deems  a
          valuation to be advisable.   Any such interim valuation  shall be
          exercised  on a  uniform and  non-discriminatory basis.   For the
          purposes of  each such valuation,  the assets of  each Investment
          Fund shall be valued  at their respective current  market values,
          and the amount of  any obligations for which the  Investment Fund
          may  be liable, as  shown on the  books of the  Trustee, shall be
          deducted from the total value of the assets.

               4.5  Distributions Deducted from Participant's Account:  The
          amount  of  any benefits  paid  to  or  for  the account  of  any
          Participant  shall be debited to his Account as of the Adjustment
          Date preceding the date paid.

               4.6  Income:  The  Income  of  the   Trust  Fund  for   each
          Adjustment Date  shall be divided among  the available Investment
          Funds  pursuant   to  Section 4.7   in  order  that   the  Income
          attributable   to  each   of   these  respective   categories  of
          investments is allocated only  to such investments and thereafter
          shall  be  further allocated  to  the  Accounts of  Participants,
          Former Participants and Beneficiaries  who had unpaid balances in
          their  Accounts in  the  appropriate investment  category on  the
          Adjustment Date in proportion to the balances in such Accounts on
          the day after the next preceding Adjustment Date, but after first
          reducing  each such Account balance by any distributions from the
          Account  since  the next  preceding  Adjustment Date.    If, upon
          termination  of employment of a  Participant, a change  of 10% or
          more in the value of the assets of any category of investments of

          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157 



          the Trust Fund has  occurred since the last Adjustment  Date, the
          Committee  shall instruct  the  Trustee to  determine the  Income
          attributable to  the particular category of  investment since the
          last  Adjustment   Date  in  which  event  the  Accounts  of  any
          Participant  whose  employment  terminates   prior  to  the  next
          Adjustment Date shall be adjusted to reflect this determination.

               4.7  Investment  Funds:  The Trustee shall  divide the Trust
          Fund into  separate Investment  Funds for investment  purposes as
          set forth on Schedule B hereto.  Contributions shall be paid into
          the  Investment  Funds  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of
          Sections 4.8  and  4.9,  as  certified  to  the  Trustee  by  the
          Committee.    Except  as  otherwise  provided  herein,  interest,
          dividends  and other income and all profits and gains produced by
          each  such  Investment Fund  shall be  paid into  such Investment
          Fund, and  such interest, dividends  and other income  or profits
          and gains, without distinction  between principal and income, may
          be  invested and reinvested but  only in the property hereinabove
          specified for the particular Investment Fund.

               4.8  Investment   Directions   by   Participants;   Employer
          Contribution Investment:  Each  Participant shall file  a written
          investment  election  (including  amendments  of  such investment
          election  as contemplated by this Plan) with the Committee in the
          manner prescribed by  it, which  shall direct the  amount of  his
          Deferred Contributions  and Rollover  Accounts and all  Income of
          the Trust  allocable to  such contributions, in  such percentages
          (in  increments of 1%) as  he may designate  among the Investment
          Funds.

                    Once  a Participant  makes  an election  to direct  his
          Deferred Contributions  and Rollover Accounts,  such an  election
          shall remain in  effect until  it is changed  by the  Participant
          pursuant to the procedures in this Section 4.8.

                    An   initial  direction  of  investments  for  Rollover
          Accounts  and  Deferred  Contributions  Accounts  pursuant to  an
          election  under Section 3.2 shall be made upon at least ten days'
          notice  to be  effective as  of the  first day  of the  following
          calendar month.   Any change of investment direction with respect
          to unallocated Deferred  Contributions may be made  once every 30
          days by providing advance notice and shall be effective only with
          respect to those contributions that are allocated on or after the
          Trustee receives from the Committee such written notice of change
          of investment election.

                    The   Employer    Contributions   (excluding   Deferred
          Contributions) made with  respect to Deferred  Contributions that
          are invested in  Common Stock  and any Income  of the Trust  Fund
          allocable to  such contributions  shall initially be  invested in
          Common Stock.    The Employer  Contributions (excluding  Deferred
          Contributions)  that are  invested in  any Investment  Fund other
          than  Common Stock of the  Employer, and all  Income of the Trust
          Fund allocable to  such contributions shall  be invested in  such
          percentages which  correspond to  the  Participant's election  of
          Investment Funds with respect to his Deferred Contributions.

          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157  



                    All  investment   elections  may  be  subject  to  such
          limitations,  determined  as  either  a  dollar  amount or  as  a
          percentage of  contributions, as  the Committee may  determine is
          necessary or appropriate in  order to facilitate the orderly  and
          prudent operation of the Plan and shall be subject to such notice
          requirements  as the  Committee  may determine  are necessary  or
          appropriate.

               4.9  Change of Investment of Account Balances:  Once each 30
          days via  the Plan's telephone exchange  system, each Participant
          may  elect to transfer  his existing  Account balances  among the
          available Investment Funds (in 1% increments), provided that such
          transfer election shall  be made  no more than  twelve times  per
          calendar year.  In  addition, any such election shall  be subject
          to  such  further  terms  and  conditions as  the  Committee  may
          determine  to be  necessary or  appropriate, including  dollar or
          percentage limitations on amounts  of funds transferred, in order
          to facilitate the orderly and prudent operation of the Plan.

                    In the event a Participant elects to transfer funds out
          of  an  Investment Fund,  then  any charge  attributable  to such
          transfer, including a withdrawal, such as a market value discount
          imposed  under the  terms  of a  guaranteed investment  contract,
          shall be  imposed upon and  borne solely  by the  account of  the
          Participant who is making the withdrawal.

               4.10      Special  Provisions  Applicable  to Eastport  Plan
          Accounts:  The Committee  shall instruct the Trustee  to accept a
          transfer of the full  account balance as of December 31,  1992 of
          each individual who was a participant in the Eastport Plan  as of
          December 31, 1992.  Such transferred assets shall be allocated to
          Participant Accounts in the Plan as follows:  

                    (a)  Eastport  Plan  assets  attributable   to  a
                Participant's  pre-tax  employee  contributions  made
                under  the  Eastport  Plan  which  amounts  were  not
                subject to a matching employer contribution shall  be
                transferred   to   and   held   thereafter   in   the
                Participant's    Unmatched    Deferred   Contribution
                Account.

                    (b)  Eastport  Plan  assets  attributable   to  a
                Participant's  pre-tax  employee  contributions  made
                under the  Eastport Plan  which amounts  were subject
                to  a   matching  employer   contribution  shall   be
                transferred   to   and   held   thereafter   in   the
                Participant's Matched Deferred Contribution Account.

                    (c)  Eastport   Plan   assets   attributable   to
                employer   matching  contributions   made  under  the
                Eastport Plan for a Participant shall be  transferred
                to and held thereafter in  the Participant's Employer
                Contribution Account.

                    (d)  Eastport   Plan   assets   attributable   to
                employer   profit-sharing  or   other   discretionary

          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157 



                contributions  made  under the  Eastport  Plan  for a
                Participant  shall   be  transferred   to  and   held
                thereafter    in    the     Participant's    Employer
                Contribution Account.

                    (e)  Eastport  Plan  assets  attributable   to  a
                rollover  into  the Eastport  Plan  by a  Participant
                shall be  transferred to and  held thereafter in  the
                Participant's Rollover Account.

          Each Eastport Plan Participant who has an  outstanding loan under
          the  Eastport  Plan  shall be  required  to  repay  such loan  in
          accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  Eastport  Plan  documents,
          Eastport  Plan Loan Policy and  the loan agreement  signed by the
          Participant.

               4.11      Loans:  Effective January 1,  1996, a  Participant
          who   is  an  Employee  and,  to  the  extent  not  resulting  in
          discrimination prohibited  by Section 401(a)(4) of the  Code, any
          other Participant  or any  Beneficiary  (including an  "alternate
          payee" within the  meaning of  Code Section 414(p)(8))  who is  a
          "party in interest" with  respect to the Plan within  the meaning
          of ERISA Section 3(14) and who must be  eligible to obtain a Plan
          loan  in order for the  exemption set forth  in 29 C.F.R. Section
          2550.408b-1 to  apply to the Plan,  (hereinafter "Borrower"), may
          make application  to  the Committee  to  borrow from  the  vested
          portion  of his Employer Contribution Account, Unmatched Deferred
          Contribution  Account,  Matched  Deferred  Contribution  Account,
          Rollover  Account, Mandatory  Employee Contribution  Account, and
          Voluntary Employee Contribution Account  maintained by or for the
          Borrower  in  the  Trust Fund,  and  the  Committee  in its  sole
          discretion may permit such a  loan.  Loans shall be granted  in a
          uniform  and nondiscriminatory  manner  on  terms and  conditions
          determined by  the  Committee  which  shall not  result  in  more
          favorable treatment of highly  compensated employees and shall be
          set  forth in written procedures  promulgated by the Committee in
          accordance  with applicable governmental  regulations.   All such
          loans  shall  also  be  subject   to  the  following  terms   and
          conditions:

                    (a)  The amount  of the  loan when  added to  the
                amount  of  any  outstanding loan  or  loans  to  the
                Borrower from any  other plan  of the Employer  or an
                Affiliate    which    is    qualified   under    Code
                Section 401(a)  shall  not  exceed   the  lesser   of
                (i) $50,000, reduced  by the excess,  if any, of  the
                highest outstanding  balance of  loans from all  such
                plans during  the one-year period  ending on the  day
                before the date  on which such loan was made over the
                outstanding balance  of loans  from the  Plan on  the
                date  on  which  such loan  was  made  or  (ii) fifty
                percent (50%) of the present value  of the Borrower's
                vested Account balance under  the Plan.  In  no event
                shall  a  loan of  less  than  $1,000  be  made to  a
                Borrower.   A Borrower may  not initiate a loan  more
                than  once each  calendar year;  nor  may a  Borrower

          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157 



                have more than  one (1) loan  for the  purchase of  a
                principal residence  and one (1)  loan for any  other
                purpose outstanding at a time under this Plan.

                    (b)  The loan shall  be for a term not  to exceed
                five  years, unless  the loan is  used to acquire any
                dwelling unit  which within a  reasonable time is  to
                be used as  a principal residence of the Borrower.  A
                loan for the purchase of a  principal residence shall
                be for  a term  not to  exceed 10  years.   The  loan
                shall be evidenced by a note signed by  the Borrower.
                The loan  shall be  payable in periodic  installments
                and shall  bear interest at  a reasonable rate  which
                shall be  determined by  the Committee  on a  uniform
                and consistent basis and set forth  in the procedures
                in    accordance   with    applicable    governmental
                regulations.    Payments  by a  Borrower  who  is  an
                Employee  receiving  compensation  from the  Employer
                will be made  by means of payroll deduction  from the
                Borrower's  compensation.   If  the  Borrower is  not
                receiving compensation  from the  Employer, the  loan
                repayment shall be made in accordance  with the terms
                and  procedures  established  by  the Committee.    A
                Borrower may  repay an  outstanding loan  in full  at
                any time.

                    (c)  In the event  an installment payment  is not
                paid within  7 days  of the  scheduled due date,  the
                Committee shall give written  notice to the  Borrower
                sent  to his last known address.  If such installment
                payment is  not made within the  period set  forth in
                applicable  procedures,  the Committee  shall proceed
                with  foreclosure  in  order  to   collect  the  full
                remaining  loan  balance  or  shall  make  such other
                arrangements  with  the  Borrower  as  the  Committee
                deems  appropriate.     Foreclosures   need  not   be
                effected until  occurrence of  a distributable  event
                under the  terms of  the Plan  and no  rights against
                the Borrower or  the security shall be  deemed waived
                by the Plan as a result of such delay.

                    (d)  The  unpaid  balance of  the  loan, together
                with interest thereon, shall  become due and  payable
                upon  the date of distribution  of the  Account or as
                set  forth  in  the  applicable  procedures  and  the
                Trustee  shall first  satisfy  the indebtedness  from
                the  amount  payable  to  the  Borrower   or  to  the
                Borrower's Beneficiary  before making any payments to
                the Borrower or to the Beneficiary.

                    (e)  Any loan to a Borrower  under the Plan shall
                be adequately  secured.  Such security  shall include
                a pledge  of a portion of the Borrower's right, title
                and  interest  in  the Trust  Fund  which  shall  not
                exceed 50%  of the  present value  of the  Borrower's
                vested Account balance  under the Plan as  determined

          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157 



                immediately after the loan is extended.   Such pledge
                shall be evidenced  by the execution of  a promissory
                note by the  Borrower which shall grant  the security
                interest  and  provide  that, in  the  event  of  any
                default  by the  Borrower on  a  loan repayment,  the
                Committee shall  be authorized  to take  any and  all
                appropriate  lawful  actions  necessary  to   enforce
                collection of the unpaid loan.

                    (f)  A request by a Borrower for  a loan shall be
                made  via the Plan's telephone exchange system, shall
                be confirmed  in writing to  the Committee and  shall
                specify the  amount of  the loan.    If a  Borrower's
                request for a loan is approved  by the Committee, the
                Committee shall  furnish  the  Trustee  with  written
                instructions  directing the Trustee  to make the loan
                in a lump-sum payment of cash to the Borrower.

                    (g)  A loan to a Borrower  shall be considered an
                investment  of   the  separate   Account(s)  of   the
                Borrower from  which the loan is  made.   A record of
                the  principal outstanding  and  interest accrued  on
                the loan  from time  to time  shall be maintained  as
                the Participant's Loan Account.   All loan repayments
                shall be credited  as a  reduction to the  balance of
                the Loan Account when paid  and thereafter reinvested
                exclusively in  one or more  of the Investment  Funds
                in  accordance  with  such  Participant's  investment
                election under Section 4.8.

                    (h)  The administrative  expense associated  with
                the loan will  be charged  against the  Participant's
                loan  balance or  to the  Participant's Account  from
                which the loan is made.























          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157  



                                      ARTICLE V

                                       BENEFITS

               5.1  Retirement:  If  a  Participant's  employment with  the
          Employers and Affiliates  terminates at or  after he attains  the
          age of 55,  the entire amount then in each  of his Accounts shall
          be paid to  him in  accordance with Section 5.4.   A  Participant
          shall  be fully  vested  in  the  amount  in  his  Accounts  upon
          attaining the  age of 55 while  in the service of  an Employer or
          Affiliate.

               5.2  Death or Disability:  In the event that a Participant's
          termination of employment  is caused by his  death or Disability,
          the  entire amount then in each of  his Accounts shall be paid to
          his Beneficiary in the case of his death or to him in the case of
          his Disability  in accordance  with Section 5.4 after  receipt by
          the Committee of acceptable proof of death or Disability.

               5.3  Termination  for  Other  Reasons:  If  a  Participant's
          employment with the  Employers and  Affiliates terminates  before
          age  55  for  any reason  other  than  Disability  or death,  the
          Participant shall be entitled to the sum of:

                    (a)  The entire amount  credited to  his Employee
                Contribution   Account  and   Deferred   Contribution
                Accounts; plus 

                    (b)  In  the  case of  a  Participant  who timely
                elected   under   Section 10.5  to   be   covered  by
                (ii) after  the  vesting schedule  amendment  to  the
                Employees  Stock  Purchase  Plan effective  March 15,
                1983,  the  amount  determined  under  paragraph (ii)
                below, and in the case  of a Participant who  did not
                elect to be covered  by (ii) or who was  not eligible
                to be  covered by (ii),  the amount determined  under
                (i) below:

                         (i)  An  amount  equal  to  his  "vested
                    percentage"  of   his  Employer  Contribution
                    Account balance determined in accordance with
                    the following schedule:

                           Years of Service            Vested Percentage

                      Less than 1                                 0%
                      At least 1 but less than 2                 10%
                      At least 2 but less than 3                 20%
                      At least 3 but less than 4                 40%
                      At least 4 but less than 5                 60%
                      At least 5 but less than 6                 80%
                      6 or more                                 100%





          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157 



                         (ii) An  amount  equal  to  his  "vested
                    percentage"  of  his  Employer  Contribution
                    Account  balance.    Such  vested percentage
                    shall be  determined  on  the  date  of  his
                    termination in accordance with the following
                    schedule:

                               Plan Years Since
                             the Plan Year as of
                             Which the Employer
                    Contribution was Allocated         Vested Percentage

                              Less than 4               0%
                              4 or more               100%

                    provided,  that,  on  and  after  January 1,
                    1989,  if he  is  credited with  at  least 5
                    Years  of  Service,  such  vested percentage
                    shall be 100%.

                    For purposes of  the vesting schedule above,
                    all Contributions of the  Employer shall  be
                    deemed  to  have been  allocated  as  of the
                    December 31  of the Plan Year  to which they
                    relate,  regardless  of  when  such Employer
                    Contribution  was   actually  made.      All
                    earnings     attributable     to    Employer
                    Contributions shall vest as if such earnings
                    had been allocated in  the same Plan Year as
                    the  Employer  Contributions  to  which such
                    earnings are attributable.   Any portion  of
                    each  of   the  Accounts  of  a   terminated
                    Participant in excess  of the vested portion
                    specified above shall be a Forfeiture, which
                    shall   be  disposed   of  as   provided  in
                    Section 3.4.

                    (c)  For  purposes of  this Section 5.3,  Years of
               Service shall  include all of a  Participant's Years of
               Service as defined in Article I hereof.

                    (d)  In the  event a Participant who  is not fully
               vested   in  his  Employer   Contribution  Account  has
               received  a withdrawal or other distribution therefrom,
               the  Participant's  vested  interest  in  his  Employer
               Contribution Account at any  relevant time shall be the
               amount X determined by  the formula:  X = P (AB+D) - D.
               For purposes of applying  the formula: P is the  vested
               percentage  at the  relevant  time; AB  is the  account
               balance  at the relevant time;  D is the  amount of the
               prior distribution;  and the relevant time  is the time
               at  which, under the Plan, the vested percentage in the
               Account cannot increase.



          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157 



                 (e)     Notwithstanding the  foregoing, each Eastport
               Plan Participant  who was  100% vested in  his Employer
               Contribution   and   Regular   Matching   Contributions
               Accounts  as  defined  in   the  Eastport  Plan  as  of
               December 31, 1992 shall be  100% vested in his Employer
               Contribution Account  in this  Plan.  An  Eastport Plan
               Participant  who  had   0%  vesting  in  his   Employer
               Contribution and Regular Matching Contribution Accounts
               as  defined in  the  Eastport Plan  as of  December 31,
               1992,  shall be  vested  in  his Employer  Contribution
               Account in  this Plan  in accordance with  the schedule
               below which provides the greater percentage of vesting:

                    (i)     Years of Service           Vested Percentage

                         Less than 1                    0%
                         At least 1 but less than 2    10%
                         At least 2 but less than 3    20%
                         At least 3 but less than 4    40%
                         At least 4 but less than 5    60%
                         At least 5 but less than 6    80%
                         6 or more                    100%

                    (ii)                               Percent of
                       Years of Service         Non-Forfeitable Interest

                         Less than 1                    0%
                         1                              0%
                         2                              0%
                         3                              0%
                         4                              0%
                         5 or more                    100%

              5.4   Payments of Benefits:  Upon a Participant's entitlement
          to payment of benefits under Section 5.1, 5.2 or 5.3, he shall be
          entitled to  be paid  the amount  in his Accounts  as soon  as is
          practicable after the date causing the distribution to occur.  If
          a Participant's benefit exceeds the $3,500, it will be paid prior
          to the earlier to occur of his Disability, death or attainment of
          age 55 only with his consent.

                    Payment  of  a  Participant's  benefits  must  commence
          within 60  days after the  close of  the Plan Year  in which  the
          latest of the following events occurs:

                    (a)  The date the  Participant attains the age  of
               55;

                    (b)  The tenth  anniversary of the  year in  which
               the Participant  commenced participation in the  Plan;
               or

                    (c)  The  Participant  terminates  his  employment
               with the Employers and Affiliates;


          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157 



          but, on and after January 1, 1989, in no event later than April 1
          following the calendar year in which the  Participant attains age
          70 1/2, even if his employment has not terminated.

                    Any  portion   of   a  distribution   attributable   to
          investments in  Common Stock shall  be in  the form of  shares of
          Common Stock except that cash shall be paid in lieu of fractional
          shares and except that a Participant may elect to receive cash in
          lieu of any Common Stock.

                    Payment of  a Participant's benefits  shall commence no
          later  than  April 1 following  the  calendar year  in  which the
          Participant  attains   age  70 1/2,  and   in  the  event   of  a
          Participant's death, shall  be completed not later  than one year
          after the date  of the  Participant's death  and shall  otherwise
          satisfy    the    minimum    distribution   requirements    under
          Section 401(a)(9) of  the Code and the  regulations thereunder. A
          Participant's benefits shall be paid  in the form of a lump  sum;
          provided, however,  if a Participant's benefits  exceed $3,500 at
          the time of distribution, he may elect to receive his benefits in
          the form of (i) a  lump sum, (ii) installment payments (annually,
          quarterly  or  monthly)  over a  specified  period  of  time, not
          exceeding the  life expectancy  of the  Participant or  the joint
          life  and   survivor  expectancy  of  the   Participant  and  his
          Beneficiary,  or   (iii) a  combination  thereof.     Installment
          payments  shall be  made from  a  Participant's Accounts  and the
          Investment Funds elected thereunder on a pro rata basis.

                    If a  distribution is one to  which sections 401(a)(11)
          and 417 of the Code do not apply, such distribution  may commence
          less  than 30  days  after  the  notice  required  under  section
          1.411(a)-11(c) of  the Income Tax Regulations  is given, provided
          that:

                    (1)  the   plan   administrator  clearly   informs  the
               Participant that the  Participant has a right to a period of
               at least 30  days after receiving the notice to consider the
               decision of whether  or not to elect a distribution (and, if
               applicable, a particular distribution option), and

                    (2)  the  Participant,  after  receiving   the  notice,
               affirmatively elects a distribution.

                    If a benefit  is to be paid to a  Participant before he
          attains  age  59-1/2, the Participant shall  be  advised  by  the
          Committee  that,  pursuant  to  Section 72(t)  of  the  Code,  an
          additional income tax may be imposed equal to 10% of the  portion
          of the amount paid which is included in his gross income.

              5.5   Designation of Beneficiary:  Each Participant from time
          to  time  may  designate  any  person  or  persons  (who  may  be
          designated contingently or successively and who may be  an entity
          other  than a natural person) as his Beneficiary or Beneficiaries
          to  whom his Plan benefits are paid  if he dies before receipt of
          all  such benefits.  Each Beneficiary designation shall be in the
          form  prescribed by the Committee and will be effective only when

          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157 



          filed  with the  Committee  during  the  Participant's  lifetime.
          Unless  it is established  to the  satisfaction of  the Committee
          that the  Participant's spouse  cannot be located,  a Participant
          who is  married may not designate anyone other than his spouse as
          a beneficiary except with  the written consent of such  spouse to
          the designation of a specific beneficiary, including any class of
          beneficiaries or contingent beneficiaries, and the designation of
          a specific benefit payment form, which may not be changed without
          spousal  consent  (or  such  written  consent  expressly  permits
          designations by the Participant without further spousal consent),
          which consent must acknowledge that the spouse  is waiving rights
          to receive  benefits hereunder and which written  consent must be
          witnessed by a Plan representative or a notary public.   Any such
          consent by a spouse  (or establishment that the spouse  cannot be
          located) shall  be only effective with respect to such spouse.  A
          consent that  permits  designations by  the  Participant  without
          further  consent by the  spouse must acknowledge  that the spouse
          has  the right  to limit  consent to  a specific  beneficiary and
          benefit payment  form and that  the spouse voluntarily  elects to
          relinquish either  or  both of  such  rights.   Each  Beneficiary
          designation filed with the  Committee will cancel all Beneficiary
          designations previously filed with the Committee.  The revocation
          of a Beneficiary  designation, no matter how  effected, shall not
          require the consent of any designated beneficiary.

                    If any Participant fails  to designate a Beneficiary in
          the manner provided above  or if the Beneficiary designated  by a
          deceased  Participant  dies   before  him   or  before   complete
          distribution of  the Participant's  benefits and in  either event
          there  is no spouse, the Committee, in its discretion, may direct
          the  Trustee to  distribute such  Participant's benefits  (or the
          balance thereof) to either:

                    (a)  Any one or more or all of the next  of kin of
               such Participant,  and  in  such  proportions  as  the
               Committee determines; or

                    (b)  The  estate  of  the  last  to  die  of  such
               Participant and his Beneficiary or Beneficiaries.


















          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157 



                                      ARTICLE VI

                                      TRUST FUND

                    All contributions under this Plan  shall be paid to the
          Trustee and deposited in the Trust Fund.  All assets of the Trust
          Fund,  including investment  income,  shall be  retained for  the
          exclusive  benefit  of  Participants,  Former   Participants  and
          Beneficiaries and shall be  used to pay benefits to  such persons
          or to pay administrative expenses of  the Plan and Trust Fund  to
          the extent  not paid by the  Employer and shall not  revert to or
          inure to the benefit of the Employer.

                    Notwithstanding  anything herein to  the contrary, upon
          the Employer's request,  a contribution  may be  returned to  the
          Employer if permitted under Section 3.1 hereof.









































          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157  



                                     ARTICLE VII

                                    ADMINISTRATION

              7.1   Allocation of Responsibility among Fiduciaries for Plan
          and  Trust Administration:  The Fiduciaries shall have only those
          specific powers, duties, responsibilities and  obligations as are
          specifically  given  them  under this  Plan  or  the  Trust.   In
          general,  the Employer  shall  have the  sole responsibility  for
          making  the contributions  provided  for  under Section 3.1,  and
          shall  have the sole authority to appoint and remove the Trustee,
          members of the Committee, and any Investment Manager which may be
          provided for under the Trust, and to amend or terminate, in whole
          or in part, this Plan or the Trust.  The Committee shall have the
          sole  responsibility for  the administration  of this  Plan which
          responsibility  is specifically  described in  this Plan  and the
          Trust  Agreement.  The Trustee shall have the sole responsibility
          for the administration  of the  Trust and the  management of  the
          assets held under the  Trust (except to the extent  an Investment
          Manager  is acting with respect  to Trust Fund  and except to the
          extent  that any  portion  of assets  are  held by  an  insurance
          company  pursuant to a group  annuity or other  contract), all as
          specifically  provided in  the Trust  Agreement.   Any Investment
          Manager shall have the sole responsibility  for investment of the
          portion of the Trust Fund designated in the instrument appointing
          such Investment Manager.  Any insurance company that has issued a
          contract  which  is  the  investment  medium  for  the  available
          Investment  Funds under  Section 4.7 hereof  shall have  the sole
          responsibility  for the investment  of the  portion of  the Trust
          Fund designated under  the terms of  the Plan to  be invested  in
          such  contract.   Each  Fiduciary  warrants  that any  directions
          given, information furnished, or  action taken by it shall  be in
          accordance with the  provisions of the Plan or the  Trust, as the
          case  may  be,  authorizing  or  providing  for  such  direction,
          information or action.  Furthermore, each Fiduciary may rely upon
          any such direction, information or action of another Fiduciary as
          being proper  under this Plan or  the Trust, and  is not required
          under this Plan or the Trust to inquire into the propriety of any
          such  direction,  information or  action  except  as required  by
          ERISA.   It is intended under  this Plan and the  Trust that each
          Fiduciary shall be responsible for the proper exercise of its own
          powers, duties, responsibilities and obligations  under this Plan
          and the Trust and shall not be responsible for any act or failure
          to act of another  Fiduciary.  No Fiduciary guarantees  the Trust
          Fund in  any manner  against investment  loss or depreciation  in
          asset value.

              7.2   Appointment  of Committee:  The  Board of  Directors of
          the Company  shall appoint the  Committee which shall  consist of
          not less than three persons, who  may be employees of the Company
          or  an Affiliate, to  act as Administrator of  the Plan and Named
          Fiduciary under  ERISA and  to perform the  administrative duties
          set forth herein.   Each member of the Committee  shall serve for
          such term as  the Board of Directors of the Company may designate
          or until  his death, resignation or  removal by said Board.   The
          Board  of  Directors  of   the  Company  shall  promptly  appoint

          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157 



          successors  to  fill  any  vacancies in  the  Committee  if  such
          membership falls below three.

              7.3   Records   of   Committee:  The  Committee   shall  keep
          appropriate records of its  proceedings and the administration of
          the Plan.  The Committee shall make available to Participants and
          their beneficiaries for examination, during  business hours, such
          records of  the Plan as pertain to  the examining person and such
          documents relating to the Plan as are required by ERISA.

              7.4   Committee Action;  Agent  for Process:  Action  may  be
          taken by the  Committee at any  meeting where  a majority of  its
          members are  present and at  any such meeting  any action  may be
          taken  which shall  be  approved by  a  majority of  the  members
          present.   The  Committee  may also  take  any action  without  a
          meeting that is approved  by a majority of the  Committee members
          and is  evidenced by a written document signed by a member of the
          Committee.   The Committee may delegate any of its rights, powers
          and duties  to any one  or more of its  members, or to  any other
          person,  by written  action as  provided herein,  acknowledged in
          writing  by the  delegate  or  delegates.   Such  delegation  may
          include, without limitation, the power to execute any document on
          behalf of the Committee.  The Chairman  of the Committee shall be
          agent of  the Plan and  the Committee  for the  service of  legal
          process at the principal office of the Company in Houston, Texas.

              7.5   Committee Disqualification:  A member of  the Committee
          who may be a Participant shall  not vote on any question relating
          specifically to himself. 

              7.6   Committee  Compensation,  Expenses  and  Advisers:  The
          members  of  the  Committee  shall  serve  without  bond  (unless
          otherwise  required by  law) and  without compensation  for their
          services  as such.  The  Committee may select,  and authorize the
          Trustee  to  compensate  suitably,  such  attorneys,  agents  and
          representatives  as it  may deem  necessary or  advisable  to the
          performance  of its duties.   All expenses of  the Committee that
          shall  arise in connection  with the  administration of  the Plan
          shall be paid by the  Company or by the Trustee out of  the Trust
          Fund.

              7.7   Committee  Liability:  Except to  the extent  that such
          liability is created by  ERISA, no member of the  Committee shall
          be liable  for any act  or omission  of any other  member of  the
          Committee, nor for any act or omission on his own part except for
          his  own gross  negligence  or willful  misconduct,  nor for  the
          exercise of any  power or  discretion in the  performance of  any
          duty assumed by him  hereunder.  The Company shall  indemnify and
          hold  harmless  each member  of the  Committee  from any  and all
          claims,   losses,  damages,  expenses   (including  counsel  fees
          approved  by  the  Committee),  and  liabilities  (including  any
          amounts  paid in  settlement  with the  Committee's approval  but
          excluding any excise  tax assessed against any member  or members
          of the Committee  pursuant to the  provisions of Section 4975  of
          the Code)  arising from  any act  or omission  of such  member in
          connection  with  duties  and  responsibilities under  the  Plan,

          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157 



          except when the  same is judicially determined  to be due to  the
          gross negligence or willful misconduct of such member.

              7.8   Committee Determinations:  The Committee, on  behalf of
          the Participants and their beneficiaries, shall enforce this Plan
          in  accordance with its terms and shall have all powers necessary
          for the accomplishment of that purpose, including, but not by way
          of limitation, the following powers:

                    (a)  To determine  all questions  relating to  the
               eligibility of Employees to  become Participants,  the
               period  of  service  of  Participants  and  the annual
               compensation of Participants;  

                    (b)  To authorize in  writing all disbursements by
               the Trustee from the Trust Fund; 

                    (c)  To   interpret   and  construe   all   terms,
               provisions,  conditions and  limitations of  this Plan
               and  to  reconcile  any inconsistency  or  supply  any
               omitted detail  that may appear in  this Plan  in such
               manner and to such extent, consistent with the general
               terms  of  this  Plan,  as  the  Committee  shall deem
               necessary and  proper to  effectuate the  Plan for the
               greatest  benefit  of all  parties  interested in  the
               Plan; and 

                    (d)  To   make   and  enforce   such   rules   and
               regulations for the  administration of the Plan as are
               not inconsistent with the terms set forth herein.

          The determination  of any  fact by  the Committee,  including the
          construction placed by the Committee upon  the provisions of this
          Plan and  whether or not arising  out of a claim  for benefits or
          review  of a  denied claim  pursuant  to Sections 7.16  and 7.17,
          shall  be   final,  conclusive  and  binding   upon  all  parties
          concerned, unless, and to  the extent, found by a  final judgment
          of a court of  competent jurisdiction to have been  arbitrary and
          capricious.   In the course of making any such determination, the
          Committee shall be entitled to rely upon information furnished by
          a Participant, Employee, beneficiary, Employer, legal counsel for
          the Employer, Investment Manager or the Trustee.

              7.9   Information from Employer:  To enable the  Committee to
          perform its functions, each Employer shall supply full and timely
          information to the Committee of all matters relating to the dates
          of  employment  of  its  Employees for  purposes  of  determining
          eligibility   of  Employees   to   participate   hereunder,   the
          compensation  of  all Participants,  their  retirement,  death or
          other  cause  for  termination  of  employment,  and  such  other
          pertinent facts as the  Committee may require; and  the Committee
          shall advise the Trustee of such of the foregoing facts as may be
          pertinent to the Trustee's administration of the Trust Fund.

              7.10  General  Powers of Committee:  In addition to all other
          powers  herein  granted,  and  in  general  consistent  with  the

          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157  



          provisions hereof, the Committee shall  have all other rights and
          powers   reasonably  necessary  to   supervise  and  control  the
          administration of this Plan.

              7.11  Uniform Administration:  Whenever in the administration
          of  the Plan,  any  action  is required  by  an  Employer or  the
          Committee,  including, but not by way  of limitation, action with
          respect to  eligibility of Employees, Contributions and benefits,
          such  action shall be uniform in nature as applied to all persons
          similarly  situated, and  no  action shall  be  taken which  will
          discriminate  in  favor  of  Participants  who  are  officers  or
          shareholders of an Employer or highly compensated Employees.

              7.12  Reporting  Responsibilities:  As  Administrator of  the
          Plan under ERISA, the  Committee shall file with  the appropriate
          office of the Internal Revenue Service or the Department of Labor
          all reports, returns and notices required under ERISA, including,
          but  not  limited to,  the  plan  description  and  summary  plan
          description, annual  reports and  amendments thereof to  be filed
          with the Internal Revenue Service and/or the Department of Labor,
          requests   for  determination   letters,   annual   reports   and
          registration statement required by Section 6057(a) of the Code.

              7.13  Disclosure Responsibilities:  The  Committee shall make
          available  to  each  Participant  and  beneficiary  such records,
          documents  and other  data as  may be  required under  ERISA, and
          Participants  or beneficiaries  shall have  the right  to examine
          such records at reasonable times  during business hours.  Nothing
          contained in this Plan shall give any  Participant or beneficiary
          the  right  to  examine  any  data  or  records  reflecting   the
          compensation  paid to, or relating  to any account  of, any other
          Participant  or  beneficiary, except  as  may  be required  under
          ERISA.

              7.14  Annual  Statements:  As soon  as practicable  after the
          end of each Plan Year, the Committee shall prepare and deliver to
          each Participant a  written statement showing as  of the December
          31 year-end Adjustment Date:

                    (a)  The balance in his Account in  the Trust Fund
               as of the preceding December 31;

                    (b)  The  amount  of Employer,  including Deferred
               Contributions  allocated to his  Account for  the Plan
               Year ending on such Adjustment Date;  

                    (c)  The  adjustments  to  his Account  to reflect
               his share of Income and expenses of the Trust Fund and
               appreciation  or  depreciation  in  Trust  Fund assets
               during the  Plan Year ending  on such Adjustment Date;
               and

                    (d)  The new  balance in  his Account  as of  that
               Adjustment Date.



          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157 



              7.15  Annual Audit:  If required by ERISA or requested by any
          Fiduciary,  the   Committee  shall  engage,  on   behalf  of  all
          Participants,  an independent  Certified  Public  Accountant  who
          shall conduct  an annual examination of  any financial statements
          of  the Plan and Trust and of other books and records of the Plan
          and Trust as the  Certified Public Accountant may  deem necessary
          to enable him to form and provide a written opinion as to whether
          the  financial statements  and related  schedules required  to be
          filed with the  Internal Revenue Service and/or the Department of
          Labor or furnished  to each Participant are  presented fairly and
          in  conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles
          applied on a  basis consistent  with that of  the preceding  Plan
          Year.

              7.16  Presenting Claims for Benefits:  Any Participant or any
          other  person claiming under a deceased  Participant, such as the
          spouse  or beneficiary,  may  submit written  application to  the
          Committee for the payment of  any benefit asserted to be due  him
          under the  Plan.  Such application shall  set forth the nature of
          the  claim  and  such  other  information  as the  Committee  may
          reasonably request.  Promptly upon the receipt of any application
          required by  this Section, the Committee  shall determine whether
          or  not the  Participant  or spouse  or  beneficiary involved  is
          entitled  to a benefit hereunder  and, if so,  the amount thereof
          and shall notify the claimant of its findings.

                    If a claim is wholly or partially denied, the Committee
          shall so notify the claimant within  90 days after receipt of the
          claim by  the Committee, unless special  circumstances require an
          extension of time for processing the claim.  If such an extension
          of  time for  processing  is  required,  written  notice  of  the
          extension shall be  furnished to the claimant prior to the end of
          the  initial 90-day  period.   In no  event shall  such extension
          exceed a period  of 90 days from the end  of such initial period.
          The  extension  notice shall  indicate the  special circumstances
          requiring  an extension  of  time  and  the  date  by  which  the
          Committee  expects to render its  final decision.   Notice of the
          Committee's decision to deny a claim in whole or in part shall be
          set forth in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant
          and shall contain the following:

                    (i)  the  specific  reason   or  reasons  for  the
               denial;

                    (ii) specific  reference  to  the  pertinent  Plan
               provisions on which the denial is based;

                    (iii)     a   description   of    any   additional
               material or information necessary  for the claimant to
               perfect  the  claim and  an  explanation  of  why such
               material or information is necessary; and

                    (iv) an   explanation   of   the   claims   review
               procedure set forth in Section 7.17 hereof.



          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157  



          If notice  of denial is  not furnished, and  if the claim  is not
          granted  within the  period of  time set  forth above,  the claim
          shall be deemed denied  for purposes of proceeding to  the review
          stage described in Section 7.17.

              7.17  Claims  Review Procedure:  If an application filed by a
          Participant or Beneficiary under Section 7.16  above shall result
          in a  denial by the Committee of  the benefit applied for, either
          in  whole or in part, such applicant  shall have the right, to be
          exercised by written application  filed with the Committee within
          60 days after receipt of notice  of the denial of his application
          or, if  no such notice has  been given, within 60  days after the
          application is  deemed denied under Section 7.16,  to request the
          review of his application  and of his entitlement to  the benefit
          applied for.  Such request for review may contain such additional
          information and  comments as the  applicant may wish  to present.
          Within 60 days after receipt of  any such request for review, the
          Committee  shall reconsider  the application  for the  benefit in
          light  of  such  additional   information  and  comments  as  the
          applicant  may have presented, and if the applicant shall have so
          requested,  shall  afford   the  applicant   or  his   designated
          representative  a hearing  before the  Committee.   The Committee
          shall also permit the  applicant or his designated representative
          to review pertinent documents in its possession, including copies
          of  the Plan  document  and information  provided by  the Company
          relating to  the applicant's  entitlement to such  benefit.   The
          Committee shall make  a final determination  with respect to  the
          applicant's application for review as  soon as practicable and in
          any event not later than  60 days after receipt of the  aforesaid
          request for review, except that under special circumstances, such
          as the necessity for holding a hearing, such 60-day period may be
          extended  to the  extent necessary,  but in  no event  beyond the
          expiration of 120  days after  receipt by the  Committee of  such
          request for review.   If such an extension of  time for review is
          required because of special  circumstances, written notice of the
          extension  shall be furnished to  the applicant in  writing, in a
          manner  calculated to be understood  by him, and  shall set forth
          the specific reasons for the decision and  specific references to
          the pertinent provisions of  the Plan upon which the  decision is
          based.   If the  decision on review  is not  furnished within the
          time period  set forth above the claim  shall be deemed denied on
          review.

              7.18  Unclaimed  Benefits:  If at, after,  or during the time
          when  a   benefit  hereunder  is  payable   to  any  Participant,
          Beneficiary or other distributee,  the Committee, upon request of
          the Trustee, or at its own instance, shall mail by registered  or
          certified mail to such Participant, Beneficiary or distributee at
          his  last known address a written demand  for his then address or
          for  satisfactory evidence of his continued life, or both, and if
          such  Participant,  Beneficiary  or  distributee  shall  fail  to
          furnish  the  same to  the Committee  within  two years  from the
          mailing  of  such demand,  then the  Committee  may, in  its sole
          discretion, determine that such Participant, Beneficiary or other
          distributee  has forfeited  his rights  to such  benefit and  may
          declare such  benefit, or any unpaid  portion thereof, terminated

          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157  



          as  if   the  death  of   the  distributee  (with   no  surviving
          Beneficiary)  had occurred on the  date of the  last payment made
          thereon,  or  on  the   date  such  Participant,  Beneficiary  or
          distributee first  became entitled to  receive benefit  payments,
          whichever  is  later;  provided,  however,  that  such  forfeited
          benefit shall  be reinstated if a  claim for the same  is made by
          the  Participant, Beneficiary  or other  distributee at  any time
          thereafter.   Any forfeited  benefits shall be  reallocated as if
          they were  an additional  Company contribution  made in the  Plan
          Year of forfeiture.  Any reinstatement shall be made out of funds
          specially contributed by the Company for such purposes.














































          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157  



                                     ARTICLE VIII

                               MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

              8.1   Terms  of Employment:  The adoption  and maintenance of
          the provisions of  this Plan shall not be deemed  to constitute a
          contract   between  any  Employer  and  Employee,   or  to  be  a
          consideration  for,  or  an   inducement  or  condition  of,  the
          employment  of any  person.   Nothing herein  contained  shall be
          deemed to  give to any Employee  the right to be  retained in the
          employ  of an  Employer  or to  interfere with  the  right of  an
          Employer to discharge  an Employee at any  time, nor shall it  be
          deemed  to give to an Employer  the right to require any Employee
          to  remain in  its  employ,  nor  shall  it  interfere  with  any
          Employee's right to terminate his employment at any time.

              8.2   Controlling Law:  This  Plan  and the  Trust  Agreement
          shall be construed,  regulated and administered under the laws of
          the State of Texas.

              8.3   Invalidity  of Particular Provisions:  In the event any
          provision of this  Plan shall be held illegal or  invalid for any
          reason,  said  illegality  or  invalidity shall  not  affect  the
          remaining provisions of this  Plan but shall be  fully severable,
          and this Plan shall be construed and enforced as if said  illegal
          or invalid provisions had never been inserted therein.

              8.4   Non-Alienation  of  Benefits:  Except  as  provided  in
          Section 3.3 and in Section 8.7,  benefits payable under this Plan
          shall not  be subject in any manner  to anticipation, alienation,
          sale,   transfer,   assignment,   pledge,  encumbrance,   charge,
          garnishment, execution, or levy of  any kind, either voluntary or
          involuntary;  and  any  attempt to  anticipate,  alienate,  sell,
          transfer, assign, pledge,  encumber, charge or  otherwise dispose
          of  any right to benefits payable  hereunder, shall be void.  The
          Trust Fund shall not in any manner be liable for,  or subject to,
          the debts,  contracts, liabilities,  engagements or torts  of any
          person entitled to benefits hereunder.

              8.5   Payments     in     Satisfaction    of     Claims    of
          Participants:  Any  payment or distribution to any Participant or
          his legal  representative or  any beneficiary in  accordance with
          the provisions of  this Plan shall be in full satisfaction of all
          claims under the Plan against the Trust Fund, the Trustee and the
          Employer.   The Trustee may  require that any distributee execute
          and deliver  to the Trustee  a receipt  and a  full and  complete
          release as a condition precedent  to any payment or  distribution
          under the Plan.

              8.6   Impossibility      of      Diversion      of      Trust
          Fund:  Notwithstanding  any provision herein  to the contrary, no
          part of  the corpus or the income of the Trust Fund shall ever be
          used for or  diverted to  purposes other than  for the  exclusive
          benefit  of the  Participant or  their beneficiaries  or  for the
          payment of expenses of the Plan.  No part of the Trust Fund shall


          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157  



          ever directly  or indirectly  revert to  the Employer,  except as
          provided in Section 3.1 hereof.

              8.7   Distributions       Under      Domestic       Relations
          Orders:  Notwithstanding any  other provision  of this  Plan, the
          Committee may direct the Trustee to comply with the provisions of
          a   qualified   domestic   relations   order   (as   defined   in
          Section 414(p) of the  Code) pursuant to this Section 8.7.   When
          the Committee receives a  domestic relations order, the Committee
          shall  promptly notify  the Participant  and any  other alternate
          payee of the receipt of such  order and the Plan's procedures for
          determining  the qualified  status of  domestic relations  order.
          Within  60 days after receipt  of such order  the Committee shall
          determine  whether the  order is  a qualified  domestic relations
          order and notify the Participant and each alternate payee of such
          determination.   If the Committee  is unable to  determine within
          such  60-day period  whether the  order  is a  qualified domestic
          relations  order,  the  60-day  period  may  be  extended  for  a
          reasonable  period as  determined by  the Committee  necessary in
          order to  determine  whether the  order is  a qualified  domestic
          relations order.

                    During  the period  in  which the  issue  of whether  a
          domestic relations order is a qualified domestic relations  order
          is  being  determined  by  the  Committee,  the  Committee  shall
          separate in  a separate  account  of the  Plan  or in  an  escrow
          account  the  amounts  which  would  have  been  payable  to  the
          alternate  payee  during  such  period  if  the  order  had  been
          determined to be a qualified domestic relations order.  If within
          18  months  of the  date  on which  the  first  payment would  be
          required to  be made under  such order, the  Committee determines
          that  the order  is  a qualified  domestic  relations order,  the
          Committee  shall direct  the  separated amounts  plus any  income
          attributable  thereto be  distributed  to the  person or  persons
          entitled thereto.  If within the 18-month period the Committee is
          unable to  determine whether  the order  is a qualified  domestic
          relations order or the Committee determines that the order is not
          a domestic  relations  order then  the  Committee shall  pay  the
          separated amounts  plus any earnings attributable  thereto to the
          person or persons who would have been entitled to such amounts if
          there had  been no order.   Any determination that an  order is a
          qualified domestic relations order which is  made after the close
          of such 18-month period shall be applied prospectively only.

                    To  the  extent  provided under  a  qualified  domestic
          relations  order,  a former  spouse  of  a Participant  shall  be
          treated as the spouse or surviving spouse for all purposes of the
          Plan.   If the Committee receives a  qualified domestic relations
          order with  respect to a Participant, the Committee may authorize
          the  immediate  distribution  of   the  amount  assigned  to  the
          Participant's former spouse pursuant to such order, to the extent
          vested and permitted by law, from the Participant's accounts.

              8.8   Transition  Period:  Notwithstanding  any provision  of
          the  Plan to  the contrary,  during the  period of  transition in
          connection with  a change  in investment funds  and recordkeeping

          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157  



          practices,  commencing  July 1,  1995  and  ending  on  or  about
          December 31, 1995  as  determined by  the Committee  in its  sole
          discretion,      the       following      restrictions      shall
          apply:  (i) Participants   may   not   change  their   investment
          directions  with  respect  to future  contributions  or  existing
          Account balances;  and (ii) Participants may be  limited in their
          ability  to  make  changes  in  the  amount  of   their  Deferred
          Contributions,   all  in  accordance   with  such  administrative
          procedures as may be decided by the Committee and communicated to
          Participants  during   said  transition  period.     Furthermore,
          withdrawals and distributions otherwise available under the  Plan
          will  be  suspended during  the  transition  period, except  that
          hardship  withdrawals   under  Section   3.3  of  the   Plan  and
          distributions upon  termination of service pursuant  to Article V
          of the Plan shall be permitted during such transition period, all
          in  accordance  with such  administrative  procedures  as may  be
          decided by the Committee  and communicated to Participants during
          said transition period.







































          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157  



                                      ARTICLE IX

                            TRUST AGREEMENT AND TRUST FUND

              9.1   Trust Agreement:  The Company shall  enter into a Trust
          Agreement with a Trustee providing for  the administration of the
          Trust Fund  established  in  connection  with this  Plan  by  the
          Trustee, or by a successor trustee.  The provisions of such Trust
          Agreement are incorporated herein by reference as fully as if set
          out herein.   The  Trustee shall be  subject to direction  by the
          Committee or an investment manager, or shall have such discretion
          with  respect  to  management  and  control  of  Plan  assets  as
          specified by the Committee.

              9.2   Benefits  Paid Solely  from  Trust  Fund:  All  of  the
          benefits provided to be paid shall  be paid by the Trustee out of
          the Trust Fund to be administered under such Trust Agreement.  No
          Fiduciary shall  be  responsible  or liable  in  any  manner  for
          payment  of any  such  benefits, and  all Participants  hereunder
          shall  look solely to such Trust Fund and to the adequacy thereof
          for the payment of any such benefits of any nature  or kind which
          may at any time be payable hereunder.

              9.3   Committee  Directions  to  Trustee:  The Trustee  shall
          make only such distributions  and payments out of the  Trust Fund
          as may  be directed by the  Committee.  The Trustee  shall not be
          required to determine  or make any investigation to determine the
          identity  or  mailing  address  of any  person  entitled  to  any
          distributions and payments out  of the Trust Fund and  shall have
          discharged its obligation in that respect when it shall have sent
          certificates  and checks or other papers by ordinary mail to such
          persons and addresses as may be certified to it by the Committee.

























          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157 



                                      ARTICLE X

                     ADOPTION OF THE PLAN BY OTHER ORGANIZATIONS;
                       SEPARATION OF THE TRUST FUND; AMENDMENT
                           AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN; AND
                  DISCONTINUANCE OF CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE TRUST FUND

             10.1   Adoptive Instrument:   Any  organization may, with  the
          approval  of the Company, adopt and become an Employer under this
          Plan by executing and  delivering to the Company and  the Trustee
          an  adoptive  instrument  specifying  the  classification  of its
          Employees who are to  be eligible to participate in the  Plan and
          by agreeing  to be bound as  an Employer by all the  terms of the
          Plan  with  respect to  its  eligible  Employees.   The  adoptive
          instrument may contain such  changes and variations in  the terms
          of  the Plan  as may  be  acceptable to  the Company.   Any  such
          Approved Organization which shall adopt this Plan shall designate
          the Company  as  its agent  to  act for  it in  all  transactions
          affecting the administration of the  Plan and shall designate the
          Committee  to   act  for  such  Approved   Organization  and  its
          Participants  in the same manner  in which the  Committee may act
          for  the Company  and its  Participants hereunder.   The adoptive
          instrument shall specify  the effective date of  such adoption of
          the Plan and shall  become, as to such Approved  Organization and
          its Employees, a part of this Plan.

             10.2   Effect of Adoption:  The  following special  provisions
          shall apply to all Employers:

                    (a)  An Employee  shall be  considered in  service
               while employed  simultaneously or  successively by one
               or more Employers or Affiliates.

                    (b)  The  transfer   of  an   Employee  from   one
               Employer or Affiliate to another Employer or Affiliate
               shall not be deemed a termination of service.

             10.3   Separation  of the  Trust  Fund:  A  separation of  the
          Trust Fund as to the interest  therein of the Participants of any
          particular Employer may  be made by the Company at  any time.  In
          such event, the Trustee shall set apart that portion of the Trust
          Fund  which shall be allocated to such Participants pursuant to a
          valuation and  allocation of the  Trust Fund  made in  accordance
          with the procedures set forth in Section 4.4 hereof but as of the
          date when such separation  of the Trust Fund shall  be effective.
          Such portion may in the Trustee's discretion be set apart in cash
          or in kind out of the properties of the Trust Fund.  That portion
          of the Trust Fund so  set apart shall continue to be  held by the
          Trustee  as  though  such Employer  had  entered  into  the Trust
          Agreement as a separate  Trust Agreement with the Trustee.   Such
          Employer  may  in  such event  designate  a  new  Trustee of  its
          selection  to act  as Trustee  under the  Trust Agreement.   Such
          Employer  shall thereupon be deemed  to have adopted  the Plan as
          its  own  separate Plan,  and  shall subsequently  have  all such
          powers of amendment or  modification of the Plan as  are reserved
          herein to the Company.

          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157 



             10.4   Voluntary Separation:  If any  Employer shall desire to
          separate its  interest in the  Trust Fund, it may  request such a
          separation in a notice in writing to the Company and the Trustee.
          Such separation shall then be made as of any specified date after
          service of such notice, and such separation shall be accomplished
          in the manner set forth in Section 10.3 above.

             10.5   Amendment  of  the  Plan:  The Company  shall  have the
          right  to amend or modify this Plan  and (with the consent of the
          Trustee) the Trust Agreement at any time and from time to time to
          any extent  that it may  deem advisable.   Any such  amendment or
          modification  shall be set out  in an instrument  in writing duly
          authorized  by the Board of Directors of the Company and executed
          by  the  Company.    No such  amendment  or  modification  shall,
          however, increase  the duties or responsibilities  of the Trustee
          without its consent  thereto in  writing, or have  the effect  of
          transferring  to  or vesting  in  any  Employer  any interest  or
          ownership in any properties  of the Trust Fund, or  of permitting
          the same  to be used for  or diverted to purposes  other than for
          the   exclusive   benefit   of   the   Participants   and   their
          beneficiaries.  No  amendment shall decrease  the account of  any
          Participant; and  no amendment shall change  the vesting schedule
          in Section 5.3 unless each Participant having not less than five,
          or  on  and after  January 1, 1989,  three,  years of  service is
          permitted  to elect  to have  the vested  portion of  his account
          computed under  the provisions  of Section 5.3 without  regard to
          the amendment.    Such  election shall  be  available  during  an
          election period which shall  begin on the date such  amendment is
          adopted and shall end on the latest of (i) the date 60 days after
          such  amendment  is adopted,  (ii) the  date 60  days  after such
          amendment is  effective, or  (iii) the date  60  days after  such
          Participant  is issued  written notice  of the  amendment by  the
          Committee or  the Employer.   Notwithstanding anything  herein to
          the contrary, the Plan  or the Trust Agreement may be  amended in
          such manner as may be required at any  time to make it conform to
          the  requirements of the Code,  or of any  United States statutes
          with respect to  employees' trusts, or of  any amendment thereto,
          or  of any regulations or rulings issued pursuant thereto, and no
          such  amendment  shall  be  considered prejudicial  to  any  then
          existing rights of any  Participant or his beneficiary under  the
          Plan.

             10.6   Effect of Amendment  on Other Employers:  Any amendment
          effected by  the Company may be  made without the consent  of the
          other Employers, subject  to the  right of any  such Employer  to
          withdraw pursuant to Section 10.3 hereof.  Any amendment effected
          by the Company shall  be delivered within  30 days to each  other
          Employer,  and  each  other  Employer  shall  be  deemed  to have
          consented to and accepted such amendment unless written notice of
          objection is delivered to the Company within 30 days of notice of
          said amendment.

             10.7   Termination of the Plan:  A  termination of the Plan as
          to  any particular Employer (and  only as to  any such particular
          Employer)  shall occur  by  the delivery  to  the Trustee  of  an
          instrument  in writing approved  and authorized  by the  Board of

          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157 



          Directors  of such Employer.   In such event,  termination of the
          Plan  shall be effective as  of any subsequent  date specified in
          such instrument.

             10.8   Liquidation   and  Distribution  of   Trust  Fund  upon
          Termination:  In the event a  termination of the Plan  in respect
          of  any Employer shall  occur, a separation of  the Trust Fund in
          respect of the Participants of such Employer shall be made  as of
          the  effective date of such termination of the Plan in accordance
          with the procedure  set forth in Section 10.3  hereof.  Following
          separation  of the Trust Fund  in respect of  the Participants of
          any  Employer  as  to whom  the  Plan  has  been terminated,  the
          properties of the Trust  Fund, exclusive of any Common  Stock, so
          set apart  shall be reduced to cash as soon as may be expeditious
          under the  circumstances.   Any administrative costs  or expenses
          incurred incident to the final liquidation of such separate Trust
          Funds shall be paid by  the Employer, except that in the  case of
          bankruptcy or insolvency of such Employer any such costs shall be
          charged against the Trust Fund.  Following such reduction of such
          Trust Fund to cash,  the accounts of the Participants  shall then
          be valued as provided  in Section 4.4 and shall be  fully vested,
          whereupon each such Participant  shall become entitled to receive
          the  entire amount of cash  and Common Stock  attributable to his
          Account,  provided distribution is in the  form of a lump sum and
          by  reason of  an  event described  in Section 401(k)(10)  of the
          Code.    The  terminating  Employer  shall  promptly  advise  the
          appropriate  District  Director   of  Internal  Revenue   of  the
          termination and the Company  may direct the Trustee to  delay the
          final  distribution   to  the  Participants  until  the  District
          Director shall  advise in writing that such  termination does not
          adversely affect the previously  qualified status of the Plan  or
          the  exemption from  tax  of the  Trust  under Section 401(a)  or
          501(a) of the Code.

             10.9   Effect    of    Termination   or    Discontinuance   of
          Contributions:  In  the  event  of   a  termination  or   partial
          termination  of the  Plan  with respect  to  an Employer  or  its
          Employees, then  all  amounts credited  to  the accounts  of  the
          affected Participants of such  Employer shall become fully vested
          and   non-forfeitable.     If  any   Employer  shall   completely
          discontinue its  Contributions to the  Trust Fund or  suspend its
          Contributions to the  Trust Fund under  such circumstances as  to
          constitute a  complete discontinuance of Contributions within the
          purview  of   the  reasoning  of  U.S. Treasury Regulations para. 
          1.401-6(c),  then all  amounts credited  to the  accounts  of the
          Participants  of  such Employer  shall  become  fully vested  and
          non-forfeitable, and throughout any such period of discontinuance
          of Contributions by an Employer, all other provisions of the Plan
          shall  continue in  full force  and effect  with respect  to such
          Employer  other than  the  provisions for  Contributions by  such
          Employer.

             10.10  Merger  of Plan with Another Plan:  In the event of any
          merger or consolidation of the Plan with, or transfer in whole or
          in  part of  the  assets and  liabilities of  the  Trust Fund  to
          another  trust  fund  held  under,  any  other plan  of  deferred

          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157 



          compensation maintained or  to be established for  the benefit of
          all or some of the  Participants of this Plan, the assets  of the
          Trust Fund  applicable to such Participants  shall be transferred
          to the other trust fund only if:

                    (a)  Each Participant would (if  either this  Plan
               or the  other plan then  terminated) receive a benefit
               immediately  after   the  merger,   consolidation   or
               transfer which is equal to or greater than the benefit
               he  would have  been  entitled to  receive immediately
               before the merger, consolidation or transfer  (if this
               Plan had then terminated);

                    (b)  Resolutions of the Board of Directors  of the
               Employer under this  Plan, or of any  new or successor
               employer of the affected Participants, shall authorize
               such transfer of  assets; and, in the case of  the new
               or  successor employer  of the  affected Participants,
               its  resolutions   shall  include   an  assumption  of
               liabilities  with   respect  to   such   Participants'
               inclusion in the new employer's plan; and

                    (c)  Such  other  plan  and  trust  are  qualified
               under Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code.

             10.11  Rollover  from Qualified  Plans:  With the  approval of
          the  Committee, and subject to  such terms and  conditions as the
          Committee may establish in order  that the action contemplated by
          this Section 10.11 not have an adverse effect  upon the qualified
          status of the Plan and its related Trust Agreement, a Participant
          in this  Plan may  make a  rollover  of amounts  received from  a
          qualified plan maintained  by the Company, its  Affiliates or any
          other  employer  if approved  by  the Company  provided  that the
          distribution  from  such  other  qualified  plan  constitutes  an
          "eligible   rollover   distribution"   within   the   meaning  of
          Section 402 of the Code, and provided that all other requirements
          applicable  under Section 402  of the  Code be  complied with  in
          order that the acceptance  by this Plan of the  distribution from
          the other plan be treated as  a rollover under Section 402 of the
          Code.   Any  such amounts  rolled over  into this  Plan shall  be
          allocated   to  the   Participant's  Rollover  Account   and  the
          Participant  shall be 100% vested  in the amount  in his Rollover
          Account.  The withdrawal  provisions in Section 3.3 applicable to
          Rollover Contributions shall be  applicable to withdrawals from a
          Participant's Rollover Account.












          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157 



                                      ARTICLE XI

                               LIMITATIONS ON BENEFITS

                    Notwithstanding  any  provision  of this  Plan  to  the
          contrary, the total  Annual Additions  made to the  Account of  a
          Participant for any Plan  Year shall be subject to  the following
          limitations:

              I.    Single Defined Contribution Plan

                    1.   If an  Employer does  not maintain any  other
               qualified plan,  the amount of Annual  Additions which
               may be  allocated under  this Plan  on a Participant's
               behalf  for a  Limitation  Year shall  not  exceed the
               lesser of the  Maximum Permissible Amount or any other
               limitation contained in this Plan.

                    2.   Prior    to   the    determination   of   the
               Participant's actual  Compensation  for  a  Limitation
               Year, the Maximum Permissible Amount may be determined
               on  the  basis of  the Participant's  estimated annual
               Compensation for such Limitation Year.  Such estimated
               annual   Compensation   shall   be  determined   on  a
               reasonable basis and shall be uniformly determined for
               all  Participants similarly  situated.   Any  Employer
               contributions  (including  allocation  of forfeitures)
               based  on  estimated   annual  Compensation  shall  be
               reduced by any  Excess Amounts carried over from prior
               years.

                    3.   As  soon  as  is  administratively   feasible
               after  the end  of  the Limitation  Year,  the maximum
               Permissible Amount  for such Limitation Year  shall be
               determined on the  basis of  the Participant's  actual
               Compensation for such Limitation Year.

                    4.   If there is an Excess Amount  with respect to
               a Participant  for the  Limitation Year,  such  Excess
               shall be disposed of as follows:

                         A.   There  shall  first be  returned to
                    the     Participant     (i) his     after-tax
                    contributions attributable to that Limitation
                    Year, if  any are authorized under  the Plan,
                    and  then   (ii) his  Deferred  Contributions
                    attributable to that Limitation Year,  to the
                    extent  such   returned  Contributions  would
                    reduce  the  Excess  Amount pursuant  to  the
                    regulations enacted under Code Section 415.

                         B.   If  any  such  Excess Amount  shall
                    then remain, there shall then be a  reduction
                    of  the  Employer Contributions  allocated to
                    the  Participant,  and   the  amount  of  the
                    reduction of the  Employer Contributions  for

          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157 



                    such Participant shall  be reallocated out of
                    the Account of such Participant and  shall be
                    held  in a  suspense account  which shall  be
                    applied as a part  of (and to reduce to  such
                    extent what would otherwise be)  the Employer
                    Contributions  for all  Participants required
                    to  be  made  to  the Plan  during  the  next
                    subsequent  calendar  month  or  months.   No
                    portion   of  such   Excess  Amount   may  be
                    distributed   to   Participants   or   former
                    Participants.   If a suspense  account is  in
                    existence at any  time during the  Limitation
                    Year  pursuant  to  this   Paragraph B,  such
                    suspense account shall not participate in the
                    allocation of investment  gains or losses  of
                    the Trust Fund.

                         C.   If  any  such  Excess Amount  shall
                    then  remain,   the  Excess  Amount   of  the
                    Participant's   Deferred  Contributions,   as
                    defined  in Section 3.2,  shall  be  used  to
                    reduce  Deferred  Contributions for  the next
                    Limitation  Year  (and succeeding  Limitation
                    Years,  as necessary) for that Participant if
                    that Participant is  eligible to  participate
                    in the Plan  as of  the end of  the next  and
                    succeeding  Limitation  Years.   However,  if
                    that   Participant   is   not   eligible   to
                    participate in the Plan as of the  end of the
                    Limitation Year, then the Excess Amounts must
                    be held unallocated in a suspense account and
                    applied in the next subsequent calendar month
                    or months as a part of (and to reduce to such
                    extent what would  otherwise be) the Employer
                    Contribution for all Participants required to
                    be  made to  the Plan.   No  portion  of such
                    Excess   Amount   may   be   distributed   to
                    Participants  or former  Participants.   If a
                    suspense account is in existence at any  time
                    during the  Limitation Year pursuant  to this
                    paragraph C, such suspense account  shall not
                    participate in the  allocation of  investment
                    gains or losses of the Trust Fund.


             II.    Two or More Defined Contribution Plans

                    1.   If,  in addition to  this Plan,  the Employer
               maintains any  other  qualified  defined  contribution
               plan,  the amount  of  Annual Additions  which  may be
               allocated  under this Plan  on a  Participant's behalf
               for a Limitation Year, shall not exceed the lesser of:

                         A.   the  Maximum  Permissible   Amount,
                    reduced  by the  sum of any  Annual Additions
                    allocated to the  Participant's accounts  for

          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157 



                    the  same Limitation  Year  under such  other
                    defined contribution plan or plans; or

                         B.   any  other limitation  contained in
                    this Plan.

                    2.   Prior    to   the    determination   of   the
               Participant's actual Compensation  for the  Limitation
               Year,  the  amount  referred to  in Section 11(II)1(A)
               above  may   be  determined   on  the   basis  of  the
               Participant's estimated annual  Compensation for  such
               Limitation Year.   Such estimated annual  Compensation
               shall be determined on a reasonable basis and shall be
               uniformly determined  for all  Participants  similarly
               situated.    Any   Employer  contribution   (including
               allocation of  forfeitures) based  on estimated annual
               Compensation shall  be reduced  by any  Excess Amounts
               carried over from prior years.

                    3.   As  soon  as  is  administratively   feasible
               after  the end  of  the Limitation  Year,  the amounts
               referred  to  in  Section 11(II)1(A)  above  shall  be
               determined  on the basis  of the  Participant's actual
               Compensation for such Limitation Year.

                    4.   If  a  Participant's Annual  Additions  under
               this  Plan  and  all such  other  defined contribution
               plans result  in an Excess  Amount, such Excess Amount
               shall  be  deemed  to  consist  of  the  amounts  last
               allocated.

                    5.   If  an  Excess  Amount  was  allocated  to  a
               Participant on  an allocation date  of this Plan which
               coincides with an allocation date of another plan, the
               Excess  Amount attributed  to  this Plan  will  be the
               product of:

                         A.   the  total Excess  Amount allocated
                    as of  such date (including  any amount which
                    would  have   been  allocated  but   for  the
                    limitations  of  Section 415  of  the  Code);
                    times

                         B.   the   ratio   of   (1) the   amount
                    allocated to the Participant  as of such date
                    under  this Plan,  divided  by (2) the  total
                    amount allocated  as of  such date  under all
                    qualified    defined    contribution    plans
                    (determined without regard to the limitations
                    of Code Section 415).

                    6.   Any Excess  Amounts attributed  to this  Plan
               shall be disposed of as provided in Section 11(I)4.




          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157 



            III.    Defined Contribution and Defined Benefit Plan

                    1.   General Rule:  If the Employer maintains  one
               or  more defined  contribution plans  and one  or more
               defined  benefit  plans,   the  sum  of  the  "defined
               contribution plan  fraction" and the "defined  benefit
               plan fraction", as  defined below,  cannot exceed  1.0
               for  any  Limitation  Year.    For  purposes  of  this
               Section, employee contributions to a qualified defined
               benefit  plan  are   treated  as  a  separate  defined
               contribution plan.   For purposes of this Section, all
               defined contribution  plans of  an Employer  are to be
               treated  as  one  defined contribution  plan  and  all
               defined benefit plans of an Employer are to be treated
               as one defined benefit plan, whether or not such plans
               have been terminated.

                         If the sum  of the defined  contribution plan
               fraction  and defined  benefit  plan  fraction exceeds
               1.0, the  Annual Benefit of  the defined benefit plans
               will be reduced so that the sum of the fractions  will
               not exceed 1.0.   In no event will the  Annual Benefit
               be decreased  below the amount  of the accrued benefit
               to date.   If  additional reductions  are required for
               the sum of the fractions to equal  1.0, the reductions
               will  then be  made  to the  Annual Additions  of  the
               defined contribution plans.

                    2.   Defined Contribution Plan Fraction

                         A.   General      Rule:  The     defined
                    contribution  plan fraction  for any  year is
                    (1) divided by (2), where:

                              (1)  is the sum of  the actual
                         Annual     Additions     to     the
                         Participant's account  at the close
                         of the Limitation Year; and

                              (2)  is the sum of  the lesser
                         of the following amounts determined
                         for  such year  and for  each prior
                         year of service of the Employee:

                                   a.   1.25  times the
                              dollar    limitation   in
                              effect for each such year
                              (without  regard  to  the
                              special            dollar
                              limitations  for employee
                              stock  ownership  plans);
                              or

                                   b.   1.4  times  25%
                              of    the   Participant's


          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157  



                              Compensation   for   each
                              such year.

                         B.   If the Employee was  a participant,
                    as of January 1, 1987, in one or more defined
                    contribution plans maintained by the Employer
                    which were in  existence on May 6, 1986,  the
                    numerator  of this fraction  will be adjusted
                    if the  sum of this fraction  and the defined
                    benefit fraction would  otherwise exceed  1.0
                    under  the terms  of  this Plan.   Under  the
                    adjustment, an amount equal to the product of
                    (1) the  excess of  the sum of  the fractions
                    over  1.0 times  (2) the denominator  of this
                    fraction, will be permanently subtracted from
                    the   numerator  of   this  fraction.     The
                    adjustment is calculated using  the fractions
                    as they would be computed as of  December 31,
                    1986,  and disregarding  any  changes in  the
                    terms and conditions  of the plan  made after
                    May 6, 1986, but  using the Code  Section 415
                    limitation applicable to the  1987 Limitation
                    Year.

                         C.   The   Annual   Additions  for   any
                    Limitation  Year  before  1987  shall  not be
                    recomputed    to     treat    all    employee
                    contributions as Annual Additions.

                    3.   Defined Benefit Plan Fraction

                         A.   General Rule:  The  defined benefit
                    plan fraction for any  year is (1) divided by
                    (2), where:

                              (1)  is  the  projected Annual
                         Benefit  of  the Participant  under
                         the  Plan  (determined  as  of  the
                         close of the Limitation Year); and

                              (2)  is the lesser of:

                                   a.   1.25  times the
                              dollar         limitation
                              (adjusted,  if necessary)
                              for such year; or

                                   b.   1.4  times 100%
                              of    the   Participant's
                              Average  Compensation for
                              the   high   three  years
                              (adjusted, if necessary).

                         B.   Notwithstanding  the above,  if the
                    Employee was a  participant, as of January 1,
                    1987, in one  or more  defined benefit  plans

          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157 



                    maintained  by  the  Employer which  were  in
                    existence on May 6, 1986, the  denominator of
                    this fraction  will not be less  than 125% of
                    the  sum of  the  annual benefits  under such
                    plans which  the Employee  had accrued  as of
                    December 31,  1986, disregarding  any changes
                    in the terms  and conditions  of the  plan(s)
                    after  May 5, 1986.   The  preceding sentence
                    applies  only  if the  defined  benefit plans
                    individually and in  the aggregate  satisfied
                    the requirements of Code Section 415.


             IV.    Definitions

                    1.   Employer:  The   Company   and    any   other
               Employer  that adopts  this Plan.   In  the case  of a
               group  of  employers  which constitutes  a  controlled
               group   of   corporations    (as   defined   in   Code
               Section 414(b) as modified by Section 415(h)) or which
               constitutes  trades  and  businesses (whether  or  not
               incorporated)  which  are  under  common  control  (as
               defined   in  Code   Section 414(c)  as   modified  by
               Section 415(h))  or  an  affiliated service  group (as
               defined  in Code  Section 414(m)), all  such employers
               shall be considered  a single Employer for purposes of
               applying the limitations of these sections.

                    2.   Excess    Amount:  The    excess    of    the
               Participant's Annual Additions for the Limitation Year
               over the Maximum Permissible Amount.

                    3.   Limitation  Year:  A  12   consecutive  month
               period ending on December 31.

                    4.   Maximum     Permissible     Amount:  For    a
               Limitation Year,  the Maximum  Permissible Amount with
               respect to any Participant shall be the lesser of:

                         A.   $30,000 (or, if greater, 1/4 of the
                    defined benefit dollar  limitation set  forth
                    in Section 415(b)(1) of the Code as in effect
                    for the Limitation Year); or

                         B.   25%     of     the    Participant's
                    Compensation for the Limitation Year.

                    5.   Compensation:  For  purposes  of  determining
               compliance with  the limitations  of Code Section 415,
               Compensation shall mean a Participant's earned income,
               wages,  salaries, fees  for professional  services and
               other amounts received  for personal services actually
               rendered in the  course of employment with an Employer
               maintaining the  Plan, including, but  not limited to,
               commissions paid salesmen,  compensation for  services
               based on  a  percentage  of  profits,  commissions  on

          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157 



               insurance  premiums, tips  and bonuses,  and excluding
               the following:

                         (a)  Employer contributions to a plan of
                    a   deferred   compensation  to   the  extent
                    contributions  are  not  included   in  gross
                    income of the  Employee for the taxable  year
                    in  which  contributed,  or on  behalf  of an
                    employee  to  a  simplified employee  pension
                    plan  to the  extent  such contributions  are
                    deductible under  Code Section 219(b)(2), and
                    any  distributions  from a  plan  of deferred
                    compensation whether or not includable in the
                    gross income of the Employee when distributed
                    (however, any amounts received by an Employee
                    pursuant  to  an unfunded  non-qualified plan
                    may be considered as compensation in the year
                    such amounts are included in the gross income
                    of the Employee);

                         (b)  amounts realized  from the exercise
                    of  a  non-qualified  stock option,  or  when
                    restricted stock  (or  property) held  by  an
                    employee becomes freely transferable or is no
                    longer  subject  to  a  substantial  risk  of
                    forfeiture; 

                         (c)  amounts  realized  from  the  sale,
                    exchange  or  other   disposition  of   stock
                    acquired under a qualified stock option; and

                         (d)  other amounts which receive special
                    tax  benefits,  or contributions  made  by an
                    Employer  (whether  or  not  under  a  salary
                    reduction agreement) towards the  purchase of
                    an   annuity   contract  described   in  Code
                    Section 403(b)    (whether    or   not    the
                    contributions are excludable  from the  gross
                    income of the Employee).

                         For purposes  of applying  the limitations in
               this  Article,  amounts  included as  compensation are
               those actually paid or made available to a Participant
               within  the Limitation  Year.   For  Limitation  Years
               beginning after December 31,  1988, Compensation shall
               be limited  to $200,000  (unless adjusted  in the same
               manner as  permitted under Code  Section 415(d)).  For
               Limitation Years  beginning after  December 31,  1993,
               Compensation  shall  be  limited  to  $150,000 (unless
               adjusted in  the same  manner as  permitted under Code
               Section 415(d)).    Notwithstanding  anything  to  the
               contrary in the definition, compensation shall include
               any  and   all  items  which   may  be  includable  in
               Compensation under Section 415(c)(3) of the Code.



          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157 



                    6.   Average      Compensation:  The       average
               Compensation during a Participant's  high three  years
               of  service,  which period  is  the  three consecutive
               calendar years  (or the actual  number of  consecutive
               years  of  employment  for  those  employees  who  are
               employed  for less  than three consecutive  years with
               the  Employer)  during  which  the  Employee  had  the
               greatest aggregate Compensation from the Employer.

                    7.   Annual Benefit:  A  benefit payable  annually
               in  the form  of  a straight  life  annuity  (with  no
               ancillary benefits) under a plan to which Employees do
               not   contribute   and   under   which   no   rollover
               contributions are made. 

                    8.   Annual  Additions:  With   respect  to   each
               Limitation   Year,   the   total   of   the   Employer
               Contributions, Deferred Contributions, Forfeitures and
               amounts  described   in   Code   Sections 415(l)   and
               419A(d)(2)  which are  allocated  to  a  Participant's
               Account.




































          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157 



                                     ARTICLE XII

                             TOP-HEAVY PLAN REQUIREMENTS

             12.1   General Rule:  For any Plan Year for which this Plan is
          a Top-Heavy Plan, as  defined in Section 12.7, despite  any other
          provisions  of  this Plan  to the  contrary,  this Plan  shall be
          subject to the provisions of this Article XII.

             12.2   Vesting Provisions:  Each Participant who has completed
          an Hour of Service after the Plan becomes top heavy and while the
          Plan  is  top heavy  and who  has  completed the  Vesting Service
          specified in the following  table shall be vested in  his account
          under  this  Plan  at least  as  rapidly as  is  provided  in the
          following schedule:  

                         Vesting Service               Vested Percentage

                           Less than 2 years                   0%
                           2 but less than 3 years            20%
                           3 but less than 4 years            40%
                           4 but less than 5 years        66 2/3%
                           5 years or more                   100%

          If an account becomes vested by reason of the application of  the
          preceding  schedule, it may not thereafter be forfeited by reason
          of  re-employment after  retirement pursuant  to a  suspension of
          benefits  provision, by  reason  of withdrawal  of any  mandatory
          employee  contributions  to  which  employer  contributions  were
          keyed, or for any other reason.  If the Plan  subsequently ceases
          to be top heavy,  the preceding schedule shall continue  to apply
          with respect to any Participant who  had at least three years  of
          service (as defined in Treasury Regulation para. 1.411(a)-8T(b)(3))
          as  of the close of  the last year  that the Plan  was top heavy.
          For all other Participants, the vested percentage provided in the
          preceding schedule prior to  the date the  Plan ceases to be  top
          heavy shall not be reduced.

             12.3   Minimum Contribution  Provisions:  Each Participant who
          (i) is a Non-Key Employee, as defined in Section 12.7 and (ii) is
          employed  on the last  day of the  Plan Year will  be entitled to
          have contributions  and forfeitures  allocated to his  account of
          not less  than 3% (the "Minimum Contribution  Percentage") of the
          Participant's Compensation.    This minimum  allocation shall  be
          provided without  taking pre-tax  contributions into account.   A
          Non-Key Employee may  not fail to receive  a Minimum Contribution
          Percentage  because of a  failure to receive  a specified minimum
          amount of compensation or a failure to make mandatory employee or
          elective  contributions.   This  Minimum Contribution  Percentage
          will be  reduced for  any Plan  Year to  the percentage  at which
          contributions (including Forfeitures) are made or are required to
          be made under the Plan for the Plan Year for the Key Employee for
          whom such percentage is the highest for such Plan Year.  For this
          purpose,  the percentage with respect  to a Key  Employee will be
          determined by dividing  the contributions (including Forfeitures)


          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157 



          made  for such Key Employee by his total compensation (as defined
          in Section 415 of the Code).

                    Contributions considered  under the first  paragraph of
          this Section 12.3 will include  Employer contributions under this
          Plan and under all  other defined contribution plans  required to
          be  included in an Aggregation Group  (as defined in Section 12.7
          below),  but will  not include  Employer contributions  under any
          plan required to  be included  in such aggregation  group if  the
          plan  enables a defined benefit  plan required to  be included in
          such group  to  meet the  requirements  of the  Code  prohibiting
          discrimination as to contributions in favor of employees who  are
          officers, shareholders or  the highly compensated  or prescribing
          the  minimum  participation  standards.    If  the  highest  rate
          allocated  to a  Key Employee  for a  year in  which the  Plan is
          top-heavy  is less then 3%, amounts contributed  as a result of a
          salary  reduction  agreement  must  be  included  in  determining
          contributions made on behalf of Key Employees.

                    Contributions  considered under  this Section  will not
          include any contributions  under the Social  Security Act or  any
          other federal or state law.

             12.4   Limitation  on  Contributions:  In the  event  that the
          Company, another  Employer or  an Affiliate (hereinafter  in this
          Article collectively referred to  as a "Considered Company") also
          maintains a defined  benefit plan providing benefits on behalf of
          Participants in  this Plan, one  of the two  following provisions
          will apply:

                    (a)   If  for the  Plan Year this  would not  be a
               Top-Heavy Plan if  "90%" were substituted for "60%" in
               Section 12.7,  then  the  percentage  of  3%  used  in
               Section 12.3 is changed to 4%.

                    (b)   If  for  the   Plan  Year  this  Plan  would
               continue  to  be   a  Top-Heavy  Plan  if  "90%"  were
               substituted  for  "60%,"  in  Section 12.7,  then  the
               denominator  of  both  the defined  contribution  plan
               fraction and  the defined benefit  plan fraction shall
               be calculated as  set forth in Section 11(III) for the
               Limitation  Year   ending  in   such   Plan  Year   by
               substituting  "1.0"  for  "1.25"  in each  place  such
               figure  appears.  This  subsection (b) will  not apply
               for such  Plan Year with respect to any individual for
               whom  there   are   no   (i) employer   contributions,
               forfeitures or  voluntary non-deductible contributions
               allocated to  such individual or (ii) accruals  earned
               under the  defined  benefit plan.    Furthermore,  the
               transitional rule set forth in Section 415(e)(6)(B)(i)
               of the Code shall be applied by substituting "$41,500"
               for "$51,875" where it appears therein.

             12.5   Coordination  with  Other  Plans:  If  another  defined
          benefit  plan  maintained   by  a  Considered   Company  provides
          contributions or  benefits  on behalf  of a  Participant in  this

          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157 



          Plan, such  other plan shall  be treated as  a part of  this Plan
          pursuant to  applicable  principles prescribed  by U.S.  Treasury
          Regulations   or  applicable   IRS  rulings   (such  as   Revenue
          Ruling 81-202 or any successor  ruling) to determine whether this
          Plan  satisfies the  requirements  of Section 12.3  and to  avoid
          inappropriate omissions or  inappropriate duplication of  minimum
          contributions.  The determination shall be made by  the Committee
          upon  the  advice of  counsel.   In  the  event a  Participant is
          covered  by a defined benefit plan which is top heavy pursuant to
          Section 416 of the Code,  a comparability analysis (as prescribed
          by  Revenue  Ruling 81-202  or  any successor  ruling)  shall  be
          performed in  order to  establish  that the  plans are  providing
          benefits at least equal to the defined benefit minimum.

             12.6   D i s t r i b u t i o n s   t o   C e r t a i n   K e y
          Employees:  Notwithstanding  any other provision  of this Plan to
          the  contrary,  the   entire  interest  in  this  Plan   of  each
          Participant   who    is   a    5%   owner   (as    described   in
          Section 416(i)(1)(A) of  the Code determined with  respect to the
          Plan  Year ending in the  calendar year in  which such individual
          attains age 70 1/2) shall be distributed to such Participant  not
          later than the first day of  April following the calendar year in
          which such individual attains age 70 1/2.

             12.7   Determination of Top-Heavy Status:  The Plan will be  a
          Top-Heavy  Plan for  any Plan  Year if,  as of  the Determination
          Date, the aggregate of the accounts under the Plan (determined as
          of  the  Valuation  Date)  for   Participants  (including  former
          Participants) who are Key Employees exceeds 60%  of the aggregate
          of  the  accounts  of  all  Participants,  excluding  former  Key
          Employees,  or if this Plan  is required to  be in an Aggregation
          Group,  any such  Plan Year  in which  such Group is  a Top-Heavy
          Group.  In determining Top-Heavy status, if an individual has not
          performed one hour of  service for any Considered Company  at any
          time  during the  five-year  period ending  on the  Determination
          Date,  any accrued benefit for  such individual and the aggregate
          accounts of such individual shall not be taken into account.

                    For  purposes of  this  Section, the  capitalized words
          have the following meanings: 

                    (a)   "Aggregation  Group"  means  the  group   of
               plans, if any, that  includes both the group of  plans
               required  to  be aggregated  and  the  group  of plans
               permitted  to  be  aggregated.    The  group  of plans
               required to be  aggregated (the "required  aggregation
               group") includes:

                          (i) Each plan of  a Considered  Company
                    in which  a Key Employee is  a participant in
                    the  Plan  Year containing  the Determination
                    Date,  or  any  of the  four  preceding  Plan
                    Years, and

                          (ii)     Each  other   plan,  including
                    collectively bargained plans, of a Considered

          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157 



                    Company which, during  this period, enables a
                    plan in which a Key Employee is a participant
                    to   meet   the   requirements  of   Sections
                    401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code.

                          The group of plans that  are permitted to be
               aggregated   (the "permissive    aggregation   group")
               includes the  required aggregation  group plus one  or
               more plans of a Considered Company that is not part of
               the required aggregation group and that the Considered
               Company  certifies  as a  plan  within the  permissive
               aggregation group.  Such plan or plans may be added to
               the  permissive aggregation  group only if,  after the
               addition, the aggregation  group as a  whole continues
               to  satisfy the requirements of Sections 401(a)(4) and
               410 of the Code.

                    (b)   "Determination  Date"  means  for  any  Plan
               Year the  last day  of the  immediately preceding Plan
               Year.  However, for the first Plan Year of this  Plan,
               Determination  Date means  the last  day of  that Plan
               Year.

                    (c)   "Key Employee"  means any Employee or former
               Employee under this Plan who,  at any time during  the
               Plan  Year  in  question  or during  any  of the  four
               preceding Plan Years, is or was one of the following:

                          (i) An officer of a  Considered Company
                    having  an  annual compensation  greater than
                    50%   of   the   amount   in   effect   under
                    Section 415(b)(1)(A) of the Code for any such
                    Plan  Year.    Whether an  individual  is  an
                    officer shall be determined by the Considered
                    Company  on the  basis of  all the  facts and
                    circumstances,   such   as  an   individual's
                    authority, duties, and term of office, not on
                    the  mere fact  that the  individual has  the
                    title of an officer.  For any such Plan Year,
                    officers considered to  be Key Employees will
                    be no more than the fewer of:

                              (A)  50 Employees; or

                              (B)  10% of the Employees or,
                          if   greater   than  10%,   three
                          Employees.

                    For this  purpose, the highest  paid officers
                    shall be selected.

                          (ii)     One   of  the   ten  Employees
                    owning  (or considered as  owning, within the
                    meaning of the  constructive ownership  rules
                    of  Section 416(i)(1)(B)  of  the  Code)  the
                    largest interests in the  Considered Company.

          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157 



                    An Employee  who has some  ownership interest
                    is considered to be one of the top ten owners
                    unless  at least  ten other  employees own  a
                    greater   interest    than   that   Employee.
                    However, an Employee will not be considered a
                    top ten owner for a Plan Year if the Employee
                    earns less than the maximum dollar limitation
                    on  annual  additions   to  a   participant's
                    account  in a defined contribution plan under
                    the Code, as in  effect for the calendar year
                    in which the Determination Date falls.

                          (iii)    Any  person  who  owns (or  is
                    considered  as owning, within  the meaning of
                    the    constructive   ownership    rules   of
                    Section 416(i)(1)(B) of the  Code) more  than
                    5% of  the outstanding stock of  a Considered
                    Company or  stock possessing more  than 5% of
                    the combined voting power of all stock of the
                    Considered Company.

                          (iv)     Any person who  has an  annual
                    compensation from the  Considered Company  of
                    more  than  $150,000  and  who  owns  (or  is
                    considered  as owning  within the  meaning of
                    the    constructive   ownership    rules   of
                    Section 416(i)(1)(B) of the  Code) more  than
                    1% of the outstanding stock of the Considered
                    Company or stock possessing  more than 1%  of
                    the total combined voting power of  all stock
                    of the  Considered Company.  For  purposes of
                    this subsection, compensation means all items
                    includable  as  compensation for  purposes of
                    applying the limitations on  annual additions
                    to   a  Participant  account   in  a  defined
                    contribution  plan  and  the maximum  benefit
                    payable  under a  defined benefit  plan under
                    the Code.

               For purposes of  this subsection (c), a Beneficiary of
               a Key  Employee shall  be treated  as a  Key Employee.
               For purposes of parts (iii)  and (iv), each Considered
               Company is treated separately in determining ownership
               percentages; but all such  Considered Companies  shall
               be  considered a  single  employer in  determining the
               amount of compensation.

                    (d)   "Non-Key  Employee" means  any employee (and
               any  Beneficiary  of an  employee)  who is  not a  Key
               Employee.

                    (e)   "Top-Heavy  Group"  means   the  Aggregation
               Group, if as of the applicable Determination Date, the
               sum  of the  present value  of the  cumulative accrued
               benefits for  Key Employees under all  defined benefit
               plans included  in  the  Aggregation  Group  plus  the

          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157 



               aggregate of  the accounts of  Key Employees under all
               defined contribution plans included in the Aggregation
               Group exceeds 60%  of the sum of the present  value of
               the  cumulative accrued  benefits  for  all employees,
               excluding   former  Key   Employees  as   provided  in
               paragraph (i)  below, under  all such  defined benefit
               plans plus the  aggregate accounts for  all employees,
               excluding   former  Key   Employees  as   provided  in
               paragraph (i)   below,   under    all   such   defined
               contribution plans.   In determining Top-Heavy status,
               if an individual has not performed one hour of service
               for  any Considered  Company  at any  time  during the
               five-year period ending on the Determination Date, any
               accrued benefit for such  individual and the aggregate
               accounts of  such individual  shall not  be taken into
               account.  If the Aggregation Group that is a Top-Heavy
               Group is  a required  aggregation group,  each plan in
               the  group  will  be   a  Top-Heavy  Plan.    If   the
               Aggregation  Group  that is  a  Top-Heavy  Group  is a
               permissive  aggregation group,  only those  plans that
               are  part of  the required  aggregation group  will be
               treated as Top-Heavy  Plans.  If the Aggregation Group
               is not  a Top-Heavy  Group, no plan  within such group
               will be a Top-Heavy Plan.  In determining whether this
               Plan  constitutes a Top-Heavy Plan,  the Committee (or
               its agent) will make the following adjustments:

                    (f)   When more than  one plan is aggregated,  the
               Committee  shall determine separately for each plan as
               of each plan's Determination Date the present value of
               the  accrued  benefits  (for  this  purpose  using the
               actuarial assumptions set forth in the applicable plan
               or  account  balance.    The  results  shall  then  be
               aggregated  by adding the results  of each  plan as of
               the Determination  Dates  for  such  plans  that  fall
               within the same calendar year.

                    (g)   In  determining  the  present  value of  the
               cumulative accrued benefit (for this purpose using the
               actuarial  assumptions  set  forth  in  the applicable
               pension  plan) or  the amount  of  the account  of any
               employee, such present  value or account  will include
               the   amount   in  dollar   value  of   the  aggregate
               distributions   made  to   such  employee   under  the
               applicable plan during  the five-year period ending on
               the  Determination Date unless reflected  in the value
               of the accrued benefit  or account  balance as of  the
               most recent Valuation  Date.  The amounts will include
               distributions to  employees  representing  the  entire
               amount credited to their accounts under the applicable
               plan.

                    (h)   Further, in making such determination,  such
               present  value  or  such  account  shall  include  any
               rollover  contribution  (or   similar  transfer),   as
               follows:

          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157 



                          (1) If  the  rollover contribution  (or
                    similar   transfer)   is  initiated   by  the
                    employee  and   made  to   or  from   a  plan
                    maintained by another Considered Company, the
                    plan providing the distribution shall include
                    such  distribution  in the  present  value of
                    such   account;   the   plan  accepting   the
                    distribution    shall   not    include   such
                    distribution  in  the present  value  of such
                    account  unless the  plan accepted  it before
                    December 31, 1983.

                          (2) If  the  rollover contribution  (or
                    similar transfer)  is  not initiated  by  the
                    employee or  made from  a plan maintained  by
                    another   Considered    Company,   the   plan
                    accepting the distribution shall include such
                    distribution  in  the present  value  of such
                    account,  whether  the   plan  accepted   the
                    distribution  before  or  after  December 31,
                    1983;  the plan making the distribution shall
                    not include  the distribution in  the present
                    value of such account.

                    (i)   In   any  case  where  an  individual  is  a
               Non-Key Employee  with respect  to an  applicable plan
               but was a  Key Employee with respect to such  plan for
               any  prior  Plan Year,  any  accrued  benefit  and any
               account   of  such   employee  shall   be   altogether
               disregarded.   For this purpose, to  the extent that a
               Key Employee  is deemed to be a Key Employee  if he or
               she met  the definition of Key  Employee within any of
               the four  preceding Plan  Years, this  provision shall
               apply following the end of such period of time.

                    (j)   "Valuation  Date"  means  for  purposes  for
               determining the present value of an accrued benefit as
               of the  Determination Date  the date  determined as of
               the  most  recent valuation  date  which  is  within a
               12-month period ending on the Determination Date.  For
               the first plan year of a plan, the accrued benefit for
               a current employee  shall be determined  either (i) as
               if   the  individual  terminated  service  as  of  the
               Determination  Date  or  (ii) as  if   the  individual
               terminated  service  as  of  the  valuation  date, but
               taking  into account the estimated  accrued benefit as
               of the  Determination Date.   The Valuation Date shall
               be  determined in  accordance with the  principles set
               forth in Q.&A. T-25 of Treasury Regulations para. 1.416-1.

                    (k)   For    purposes   of    this    Article XII,
               "Compensation" shall  have the meaning  given to it in
               Section 11(IV)(5).




          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157 



                                     ARTICLE XIII

                               TESTING OF CONTRIBUTIONS

             13.1   Definitions:  For  purposes  of this  Article XIII, the
          capitalized words have the following meanings:

                    (a)   "Compensation"  shall  mean  the  Employee's
               total  Compensation   for  services  rendered  to   an
               Employer  during   the  Plan  Year   and,  unless  the
               Committee elects  otherwise,  the  Employee's  Pre-Tax
               Contributions for  the Plan  Year and  any amounts not
               currently included  in the Employee's gross  income by
               reason of the application of Section 125 of the Code.

                    (b)   "Employer  Contributions"  shall   mean  the
               amounts contributed to  the Trust Fund by the Employer
               pursuant to Section 3.1.

                    (c)   "Family Member"  shall mean  the spouse  and
               the lineal ascendants and  descendants (and spouses of
               such ascendants  and descendants)  of any Employee  or
               former Employee.

                    (d)   "Highly  Compensated  Employee"  shall  mean
               any Employee and any employee of an Affiliate who is a
               highly compensated  employee under  Section 414(q)  of
               the Code,  including any Employee  and any employee of
               an  Affiliate who,  during  the current  Plan  Year or
               prior Plan Year,

                          (i) was at any time a 5% owner; or

                          (ii)     received    Compensation   (as
                    defined  in  Section 11(IV)(5)) in  excess of
                    $75,000 (or such  other amount as  determined
                    by  the  Secretary   of  the  Treasury  which
                    reflects    cost-of-living    increases    in
                    accordance  with  the   provisions  of   Code
                    Section 414(q)(1)); or

                          (iii)    received    Compensation   (as
                    defined  in  Section 11(IV)(5)) in  excess of
                    $50,000  (or such other  amount as determined
                    by   the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury  which
                    reflects    cost-of-living    increases    in
                    accordance  with  the   provisions  of   Code
                    Section 414(q)(1)) and was  in the  "top-paid
                    group"  (the  top  20% of  payroll  excluding
                    Employees described in Code Section 414(q)(8)
                    and  applicable  regulations)  for  the  Plan
                    Year; or

                          (iv)     was   an   officer   receiving
                    Compensation       (as       defined       in
                    Section 11(IV)(5))   exceeding  50%   of  the

          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157 



                    dollar limit in  Section 415(b)(1)(A) of  the
                    Code).    The  number  of  officers shall  be
                    limited to  50 employees (or, if  lesser, the
                    greater  of three  employees  or 10%  of  the
                    employees).

                          If for any  year no officer of  the Employer
               is described in  subparagraph (iv) above, the  highest
               paid officer  of the Employer  for such year shall  be
               treated as described in such paragraph.

                          In  determining  an Employee's  status  as a
               Highly  Compensated  Employee  within  the  meaning of
               Section 414(q),  the entities  set forth  in  Treasury
               Regulation Section 1.414(q)-1T Q&A-6(a)(1) through (4)
               must be taken into account as a single employer.

                         For  purposes  of   determining  whether   an
               individual  is a  Highly Compensated  Employee for  the
               current Plan Year, an Employee who meets the definition
               of   Highly   Compensated   Employee   set   forth   in
               Section 13.1(d) above by  virtue of  subparagraphs (i),
               (ii) or (iv) for the current Plan Year (but not for the
               prior  Plan  Year), shall  not be  treated as  a Highly
               Compensated Employee unless such individual is a member
               of the group consisting of the 100 individuals who were
               paid   the   greatest  Compensation   (as   defined  in
               Section 11(IV)(5)) during the current Plan Year.

                    (e)  "Pre-Tax   Contributions"   shall  mean   the
               amounts  contributed  to  the   Trust  Fund  out  of  a
               Participant's Compensation pursuant to Section 3.2.

             13.2   Actual   Deferral   Percentage:  The  Actual   Deferral
          Percentage for a  specified group  of Employees for  a Plan  Year
          shall be  the average  of the  ratios (calculated separately  for
          each Employee in such group) of:

                    (a)  The amount of Pre-Tax  Contributions actually
               paid  to the Plan on  behalf of each  such Employee for
               such Plan Year, over

                    (b)  The  Employee's  Compensation (as  defined in
               Section 11(IV)(5)) for such Plan Year.  Notwithstanding
               any provision in this Plan to the contrary, an Employer
               may, to the extent permitted by the Code and applicable
               regulations,  elect to include  as Compensation pre-tax
               or after-tax contributions made  under this Plan or any
               other plan of the Employer.

          The individual  ratios and  Actual Deferral Percentages  shall be
          calculated   to  the  nearest  1/100  of   1%  of  an  Employee's
          Compensation.

                    An eligible  Employee for the purpose  of computing the
          Actual  Deferral  Percentage is  defined  in  Treasury Regulation

          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157 



          Section 1.401(k)-1(g)(4).  The Actual  Deferral Percentage of  an
          eligible Employee who makes no Pre-Tax Contributions is zero.

             13.3   Actual Deferral Percentage Limits:  The Actual Deferral
          Percentage for the eligible  Highly Compensated Employees for any
          Plan Year shall not exceed the greater of (a) or (b), as follows:

                    (a)  The    Actual    Deferral    Percentage    of
               Compensation  for  the eligible  non-Highly Compensated
               Employees times 1.25, or

                    (b)  The   lesser   of  (i) the   Actual  Deferral
               Percentage of Compensation  for the eligible non-Highly
               Compensated  Employees  times  2.0  or  (ii) the Actual
               Deferral  Percentage of  Compensation for  the eligible
               non-Highly  Compensated  Employees plus  two percentage
               points  or such lesser  amount as the  Secretary of the
               Treasury shall prescribe to prevent the multiple use of
               this alternative limitation with  respect to any Highly
               Compensated Employee.

                    In  determining the  Actual Deferral  Percentage  of an
          Employee who  is a five  5% owner or  one of the  ten most Highly
          Compensated  Employees  and who  has a  Family  Member who  is an
          Employee, any remuneration paid to the Family Member for services
          rendered to  an Employer  or an Affiliate  and any  contributions
          made on behalf of or by such Family Member shall be attributed to
          such Highly  Compensated Employee.  Family  Members, with respect
          to Highly Compensated Employees, shall be disregarded as separate
          Employees in determining the  Actual Deferral Percentage both for
          Participants  who are  non-Highly Compensated  Employees and  for
          Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees.

                    The   Actual  Deferral   Percentage   for  any   Highly
          Compensated   Employee   who  is   eligible   to   have  deferred
          contributions allocated to  his account under  one or more  plans
          described in Section 401(k) of the Code that are maintained by an
          Employer  or an  Affiliate  in addition  to  this Plan  shall  be
          determined as if all  such contributions were made to  this Plan.
          For  purposes   of  determining   whether  the   Actual  Deferral
          Percentage  limits  of Section 13.3  are  satisfied, all  Pre-Tax
          Contributions  that are  made under  two or  more plans  that are
          aggregated  for purposes  of  Code  Section 401(a)(4)  or  410(b)
          (other than  Code Section 410(b)(2)(A)(ii)) are to  be treated as
          made  under  a  single  plan  and  if   two  or  more  plans  are
          permissively aggregated  for purposes of  Code Section 401(k) the
          aggregated plans  must also  satisfy Code  Sections 401(a)(4) and
          410(b) as though they were a single plan.

             13.4   Reduction of  Pre-Tax  Contribution Rates  by  Leveling
          Method:  If  on  the  basis  of the  Pre-Tax  Contribution  rates
          elected  by  Participants  for   any  Plan  Year,  the  Committee
          determines, in  its sole  discretion, that neither  of the  tests
          contained  in (a) or (b)  of Section 13.3 will  be satisfied, the
          Committee  may  reduce  the  Pre-Tax  Contribution  rate  of  any
          Participant  who  is   among  the  eligible  Highly   Compensated

          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157 



          Employees to  the extent necessary  to reduce the  overall Actual
          Deferral Percentage for eligible Highly Compensated  Employees to
          a level which  will satisfy  either (a) or  (b) of  Section 13.3.
          The reductions in Pre-Tax  Contribution rates shall be made  in a
          manner so  that the  Actual Deferral  Percentage of  the affected
          Participants who elected  the highest Actual  Deferral Percentage
          shall  be first lowered to the level of the affected Participants
          who elected the  next to the highest Actual  Deferral Percentage.
          If further overall reductions  are required to achieve compliance
          with  (a) or  (b) of  Section 13.3, both  of the  above-described
          groups  of  Participants  will  be   lowered  to  the  level   of
          Participants with  the next  highest Actual  Deferral Percentage,
          and  so   on,  until  sufficient  total   reductions  in  Pre-Tax
          Contribution rates  have occurred to achieve  compliance with (a)
          or (b) of Section 13.3.

             13.5   Increase   in   Pre-Tax   Contribution   Rates:  If   a
          Participant's  Pre-Tax Contribution  rate  is reduced  below  the
          level  necessary to satisfy either (a) or (b) of Section 13.3 for
          the Plan Year, such  Participant may be eligible to  increase his
          Pre-Tax Contribution rate for the remainder of the Plan Year to a
          level not in excess of that  level which will satisfy the greater
          of (a) or (b) of  Section 13.3.  Such an increase in  the Pre-Tax
          Contribution  rate shall be made by Participants on a uniform and
          non-discriminatory basis,  pursuant to such  rules and procedures
          as the Committee may prescribe.

             13.6   Excess  Pre-Tax  Contributions:  As  soon  as  possible
          following the end of the Plan Year, the Committee shall determine
          whether  either  of  the  tests contained  in  Section 13.3  were
          satisfied as of the end of  the Plan Year, and any excess Pre-Tax
          Contributions, plus  any income  and minus any  loss attributable
          thereto,  of   those  Participants  who  are   among  the  Highly
          Compensated  Employees  shall  be  distributed  to  the  affected
          Participants as  of the end of such Plan Year.  Such income shall
          include  the allocable  gain or  loss for  (i) the Plan  Year and
          (ii) the period between the end of  the Plan Year and the date of
          distribution.

                    An eligible  Employee for the purpose  of computing the
          Actual  Deferral  Percentage is  defined  in Treasury  Regulation
          Section 1.401(k)-1(g)(4).  The  Actual Deferral Percentage of  an
          eligible Employee who makes no Pre-Tax Contributions is zero.

                    The amount  of any  excess Pre-Tax Contributions  to be
          distributed  shall  be  reduced  by  Excess  Deferrals previously
          distributed  to a  Participant  pursuant to  Section 3.2 for  the
          taxable year  ending in the same  Plan Year.   All excess Pre-Tax
          Contributions shall be returned to the Participants no later than
          the last  day of  the following  Plan Year.   The  excess Pre-Tax
          Contributions,  if  any, of  each  Participant who  is  among the
          Highly Compensated Employees shall be determined by computing the
          maximum Actual  Deferral Percentage which  each such  Participant
          may defer under  (a) or (b) of Section 13.3 and then reducing the
          Actual Deferral  Percentage of some  or all of  such Participants
          who elected  an  Actual Deferral  Percentage  in excess  of  such

          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157 


          maximum by an  amount of  sufficient size to  reduce the  overall
          Actual Deferral  Percentage  for eligible  Participants  who  are
          among the Highly Compensated Employees to a level which satisfies
          either  (a)  or  (b)   of  Section 13.3.    The  excess   Pre-Tax
          Contributions, if any, of each Participant shall be determined in
          such  a  manner  that  the  Actual Deferral  Percentage  of  such
          Participants who elected  the highest Actual Deferral  Percentage
          shall  be first  lowered to  the level  of such  Participants who
          elected the next to  the highest Actual Deferral Percentage.   If
          further  overall reductions  are required  to achieve  compliance
          with (a)  or  (b) of  Section 13.3, both  of the  above-described
          groups  of   Participants  will  be  lowered  to   the  level  of
          Participants with the  next highest Actual  Deferral Percentages,
          and so  on, until  sufficient total  reductions have  occurred to
          achieve compliance with (a) or (b) of Section 13.3.

                    The income  or loss  attributable to  the Participant's
          excess  Pre-Tax   Contributions  for  the  Plan   Year  shall  be
          determined by multiplying the income  or loss attributable to the
          Participant's Pre-Tax Contribution  Account balance for  the Plan
          Year by a  fraction, the numerator of which is the excess Pre-Tax
          Contribution and  the denominator  of which is  the Participant's
          total Pre-Tax Contribution Account balance.  Unless the Committee
          elects  otherwise,  the  income   or  loss  attributable  to  the
          Participant's excess Pre-Tax Contributions for the period between
          the end  of the Plan Year  and the date of  distribution shall be
          determined using  the safe  harbor method  set forth in  Treasury
          Regulations  to Section 401(k) of the Code, and shall be equal to
          10% of the allocable income or loss for the Plan Year, calculated
          as  set  forth immediately  above,  multiplied by  the  number of
          calendar  months that  have elapsed  since the  end of  such Plan
          Year.  A calendar month shall be deemed to have elapsed and shall
          be counted as  a full month for this purpose  if the distribution
          of excess Pre-Tax  Contributions is  made after the  15th day  of
          that  month;  otherwise such  distribution  shall  be treated  as
          having been made on the last day of the preceding  month.  Excess
          Pre-Tax Contributions shall be  treated as Annual Additions under
          Article XI of the Plan.

             13.7   Aggregation of Family Members in Determining the Actual
          Deferral Ratio:

               A.   Calculation of Actual  Deferral Ratios:  If an eligible
          Highly Compensated Employee is  subject to the family aggregation
          rules  of Section 414(q)(6) of the  Code because such Employee is
          either  a 5%  owner  or one  of the  ten most  Highly Compensated
          Employees,  the combined  actual  deferral ratio  for the  family
          group (which is treated as one Highly Compensated Employee) shall
          be  determined  by   combining  the  Pre-Tax  Contributions   and
          Compensation of all the eligible Family Members.

                    The  Pre-Tax  Contributions  and  Compensation  of  all
          Family Members  are disregarded  for purposes of  determining the
          Actual   Deferral  Percentage   for  the   group  of   non-Highly
          Compensated Employees, except to the extent taken into account in
          paragraph (A) above.

          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157 



               B.   Aggregation  of  Family   Groups:  If  an  Employee  is
          required to  be aggregated as  a Family Member  of more  than one
          family group, all  eligible Employees who  are Family Members  of
          those groups  that include  the Employee  are  aggregated as  one
          family group in accordance with paragraph (A) above.

               C.   Excess Pre-Tax Contributions of Family Members:  In the
          event  that it  becomes necessary  to  determine and  correct the
          excess Pre-Tax  Contributions  of a  Highly Compensated  Employee
          whose  actual deferral  ratio is  determined under  the rules  of
          Section 414(q)(6) of  the Code and this  Section 13.7, the actual
          deferral ratio calculated in paragraph (A) above shall be reduced
          using  the leveling  method  set forth  in  Section 13.4 and  the
          excess Pre-Tax  Contributions to be distributed  thereby shall be
          allocated among the Family  Members in proportion to  the Pre-Tax
          Contribution of each Family Member that is combined  to determine
          the actual deferral ratio.

             13.8   Contribution  Percentage:  The Contribution  Percentage
          for a specified group of  Employees for a Plan Year shall  be the
          average of the ratios (calculated separately for each Employee in
          such group) of:

                    (a)  The  total of the Employer Contributions (the
               "Aggregate  Contributions")  paid  under  the  Plan  on
               behalf of each Employee for such Plan Year, to

                    (b)  The  Employee's  Compensation (as  defined in
               Section 11(IV)(5)) for such Plan Year. 

                    In computing the  Contribution Percentage, the Employer
          may   elect  to   take   into  account   after-tax  and   pre-tax
          contributions  made  under this  Plan or  any  other plan  of the
          Employer  to  the  extent  that the  following  requirements  are
          satisfied:

                    (1)  the  amount  of  non-elective  contributions,
               including  those  qualified non-elective  contributions
               treated as employer matching contributions for purposes
               of calculating the  Contribution Percentage,  satisfies
               the requirements of Section 401(a)(4) of the Code;

                    (2)  the  amount  of  non-elective  contributions,
               excluding  those  qualified non-elective  contributions
               treated as employer matching contributions for purposes
               of  calculating the  Contribution Percentage  and those
               qualified   non-elective   contributions   treated   as
               elective  contributions  under Section 1.401(k)-1(b)(5)
               for  purposes   of  calculating  the   Actual  Deferral
               Percentage,     satisfies    the     requirements    of
               Section 401(a)(4) of the Code;

                    (3)  the  elective contributions,  including those
               treated  as  matching  contributions  for  purposes  of
               calculating  the  Contribution Percentage,  satisfy the
               requirements of Section 401(k)(3) of the Code;

          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157 



                    (4)  the qualified  non-elective contributions are
               allocated to the Employee  under the Plan as of  a date
               within  the Plan  Year and  the elective  contributions
               satisfy  Section 1.401(k)-1(b)(i)  for  the Plan  Year;
               and, if applicable, the Plan and the plans to which the
               qualified   non-elective  contributions   and  elective
               contributions are made, are  or could be aggregated for
               purposes of Section 410(b).

          A Participant's Contribution Percentage shall be determined after
          determining the Participant's Excess Deferrals, if any,  pursuant
          to Section 3.2,  and after  determining the  Participant's excess
          Pre-Tax Contributions pursuant to Section 13.6.

             13.9   Contribution   Percentage   Limits:  The   Contribution
          Percentage for the eligible  Employees for any Plan Year  who are
          Highly  Compensated Employees shall not exceed the greater of (a)
          or (b), as follows:

                    (a)  The Contribution Percentage for  the eligible
               Employees  who are  not  Highly  Compensated  Employees
               times 1.25, or

                    (b)  The lesser of (i) the Contribution Percentage
               for  the   eligible  Employees  who   are  not   Highly
               Compensated   Employees   times    2.0   or    (ii) the
               Contribution  Percentage for the eligible Employees who
               are   not  Highly   Compensated   Employees  plus   two
               percentage  points  or  such   lesser  amount  as   the
               Secretary  of the Treasury  shall prescribe  to prevent
               the multiple  use of  this alternative  limitation with
               respect to any Highly Compensated Employee.

          In determining the Contribution Percentage of an Employee  who is
          a 5%  owner or one  of the ten most  Highly Compensated Employees
          and who has a Family Member who is an Employee, any  remuneration
          paid to the Family Member for services rendered to an Employer or
          to an Affiliate  and any  contributions made on  behalf of or  by
          such Family Member shall be attributed to such Highly Compensated
          Employee.   Family  Members, with  respect to  Highly Compensated
          Employees,  shall  be   disregarded  as  separate   Employees  in
          determining the Contribution Percentage both for Participants who
          are non-Highly Compensated Employees and for Participants who are
          Highly Compensated Employees.

                    The Contribution Percentage  for any Highly Compensated
          Employee  for  any Plan  Year who  is  eligible to  have matching
          employer contributions made  on his behalf  or to make  after-tax
          contributions under one or more plans described in Section 401(a)
          of the Code that are maintained by an Employer or an Affiliate in
          addition  to this  Plan  shall  be  determined  as  if  all  such
          contributions were made to this Plan.

                    In the event that  this Plan must be combined  with one
          or more other plans in order  to satisfy the requirements of Code
          Section 410(b),   then  the  Contribution   Percentage  shall  be

          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157 


          determined as if  all such plans were  a single plan.   If two or
          more plans are permissively aggregated  for the purposes of  Code
          Section 410(b) (other than the  average benefit percentage test),
          then the  Contribution Percentage shall  be determined as  if all
          such plans were a single plan.

             13.10  Treatment   of   Excess  Aggregate   Contributions:  If
          neither of the tests described in (a) or (b) of  Section 13.9 are
          satisfied,  the excess Aggregate  Contributions, plus  any income
          and minus any  loss attributable thereto, shall  be forfeited, or
          if not forfeitable, shall  be distributed no later than  the last
          day of the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which such excess
          Aggregate Contributions were made.  Such income shall include the
          allocable  gain or loss for (i) the Plan Year and (ii) the period
          between the  end of the Plan  Year and the  date of distribution.
          The  income  or loss  attributable  to  the Participant's  excess
          Aggregate  Contributions for the Plan Year shall be determined by
          multiplying the income or  loss attributable to the Participant's
          Employer Contribution  Account for the  Plan Year by  a fraction,
          the numerator of which is the excess  Aggregate Contribution, and
          the  denominator of  which  is the  Participant's total  Employer
          Contribution  Account  balance.    Unless  the  Committee  elects
          otherwise, the  income or loss attributable  to the Participant's
          excess Aggregate Contributions for the period  between the end of
          the  Plan Year and the  date of distribution  shall be determined
          using the safe harbor method set forth in Treasury Regulations to
          Code Section 401(m), and shall  be equal to 10% of  the allocable
          income  or loss  for  the Plan  Year  (as calculated  immediately
          above) multiplied  by  the number  of calendar  months that  have
          elapsed  since the end of the Plan  Year.  A calendar month shall
          be deemed to  have elapsed and a full month  shall be counted for
          this   purpose   if   the   distribution   of   excess  Aggregate
          Contributions is made after the 15th day of that month; otherwise
          such distribution shall  be treated  as having been  made on  the
          last  day of the preceding month.  Excess Aggregate Contributions
          shall  be treated  as Annual  Additions under  Article XI  of the
          Plan.

                    The  excess Aggregate  Contributions,  if any,  of each
          Participant who  is among the Highly  Compensated Employees shall
          be  determined by  computing the maximum  Contribution Percentage
          under  (a)  or  (b)   of  Section 13.9  and  then   reducing  the
          Contribution Percentage of some or all of such Participants whose
          Contribution  Percentage  exceeds the  maximum  by  an amount  of
          sufficient size to reduce the overall Contribution Percentage for
          eligible  Participants  who  are  among  the  Highly  Compensated
          Employees  to  a  level which  satisfies  either  (a)  or (b)  of
          Section 13.9.   The  excess Aggregate  Contributions, if  any, of
          each  Participant shall be determined  in such a  manner that the
          Contribution Percentage of such Participants who have the highest
          actual  contribution  ratio  under  Section 13.8  shall be  first
          lowered to the  level of such  Participants with the next  to the
          highest actual contribution ratio under Section 13.8.  If further
          overall reductions are required to achieve compliance with (a) or
          (b)  of  Section 13.9,  both  of the  above-described  groups  of
          Participants  will be lowered  to the level  of Participants with

          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157 



          the next  highest actual  contribution ratio under  Section 13.8,
          and  so on, until  sufficient total  reductions have  occurred to
          achieve compliance with  (a) or  (b) of Section 13.9.   For  each
          Participant who is a  Highly Compensated Employee, the amount  of
          excess  Aggregate Contributions  is equal  to the  total Employer
          Contributions on  behalf of the Participant  (determined prior to
          the application of this paragraph) minus the amount determined by
          multiplying   the   Participant's   actual   contribution   ratio
          (determined   after  application  of   this  paragraph)   by  his
          Compensation  used in  determining  such ratio.   The  individual
          ratios and  Contribution Percentages  shall be calculated  to the
          nearest 1/100 of 1% of the Employee's Compensation.

             13.11  Aggregation of Family Members in Determining the Actual
          Contribution Ratio:

               A.   Calculation  of  Actual   Contribution  Ratio:  If   an
          eligible  Highly Compensated  Employee is  subject to  the family
          aggregation rules  of Section 414(q)(6) of the  Code because such
          Employee  is either  a 5%  owner or  one of  the ten  most Highly
          Compensated Employees, the combined actual contribution ratio for
          the family  group (which  is treated  as  one Highly  Compensated
          Employee)   shall  be  determined   by  combining   the  Employer
          Contributions  and  Compensation  of   all  the  eligible  Family
          Members.

                    The  Employer Contributions  and  Compensation  of  all
          Family Members  are disregarded  for purposes of  determining the
          Contribution  Percentage for  the  group  of  Highly  Compensated
          Employees, and  the  group of  non-Highly Compensated  Employees,
          except  to the extent taken into account in paragraph (A) of this
          Section.

               B.   Aggregation  of  Family   Groups:  If  an  Employee  is
          required to  be aggregated as  a Family Member  of more  than one
          family  group, all eligible Employees  or Family Members of those
          groups that  include the  Employee are  aggregated as  one family
          group in accordance with paragraph (A) above.

               C.   Excess Aggregate Contributions  of Family  Members:  In
          the  event that it becomes necessary to determine and correct the
          excess Aggregate Contributions  of a Highly Compensated  Employee
          whose actual contribution ratio is determined under the  rules of
          Code   Section 414(q)(6)  and  this   Section 13.11,  the  actual
          contribution   ratio  shall   be   reduced   as  required   under
          Section 13.10,  and  the  excess  Aggregate  Contributions  to be
          forfeited or  distributed thereby  should be allocated  among the
          Family  Members in  proportion to  the Employer  Contributions of
          each Family  Member that  are combined  to  determine the  actual
          contribution ratio.

             13.12  Multiple Use of  Alternative Limitation:  The rules set
          forth   in   Treasury   Regulation    Section 1.401(m)-2(b)   for
          determination  of  multiple use  of  the  alternative methods  of
          compliance  with respect  to  Sections 13.3 and  13.9 are  hereby
          incorporated into the Plan.  If a multiple use of the alternative

          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157 



          limitation  occurs  with   respect  to  two  or   more  plans  or
          arrangements maintained by an Employer, it shall be treated as an
          excess Aggregate  Contribution and must be  corrected by reducing
          the  actual contribution  ratio  of Highly  Compensated Employees
          eligible both to make  elective contributions to receive matching
          contributions   under   the  401(k)   arrangement   or  to   make
          contributions  under the 401(m) plan.  Such reduction shall be by
          the leveling process set forth in Section 13.10.

















































          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157 



                                     ARTICLE XIV

                      TRANSFER OF ELIGIBLE ROLLOVER DISTRIBUTION

               14.1 Transfer:  This Article applies  to distributions  made
          on or after  January 1, 1993.   Notwithstanding any provision  of
          the  Plan   to  the  contrary   that  would  otherwise   limit  a
          distributee's  election  under  this Article,  a  distributee may
          elect, at  the time  and in  the  manner prescribed  by the  plan
          administrator,  to  have  any  portion of  an  eligible  rollover
          distribution  paid  directly  to  an  eligible  retirement   plan
          specified by the distributee in a direct rollover.

               14.2 Definitions:

                    Eligible  Rollover Distribution:  An  eligible rollover
          distribution is any  distribution of  all or any  portion of  the
          balance to the credit of the distributee, except that an eligible
          rollover distribution does not  include: any distribution that is
          one  of a series  of substantially  equal periodic  payments (not
          less  frequently  than  annually)  made  for  the  life  (or life
          expectancy)  of the distributee or the joint lives (or joint life
          expectancies) of the distributee and the distributee's designated
          beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years  or more; any
          distribution to  the extent  such distribution is  required under
          Section 401(a)(9)   of  the   Code;  and   the  portion   of  any
          distribution that  is not includable in  gross income (determined
          without regard  to the exclusion for  net unrealized appreciation
          with respect to employer securities).

                    Eligible Retirement Plan:  An eligible  retirement plan
          is an  individual retirement account  described in Section 408(a)
          of  the  Code,  an  individual retirement  annuity  described  in
          Section 408(b)  of  the  Code,   an  annuity  plan  described  in
          Section 403(a) of  the Code,  or a qualified  trust described  in
          Section 401(a)  of  the  Code,  that  accepts  the  distributee's
          eligible  rollover distribution.    However, in  the  case of  an
          eligible  rollover  distribution  to  the  surviving  spouse,  an
          eligible retirement  plan is an individual  retirement account or
          individual retirement annuity.

                    Distributee:  A  distributee  includes  an Employee  or
          former  Employee.     In  addition,  the   Employee's  or  former
          Employee's   surviving  spouse  and   the  Employee's  or  former
          Employee's spouse  or former  spouse who  is the alternate  payee
          under  a  qualified  domestic  relations  order,  as  defined  in
          Section 414(p) of the Code, are  distributees with regard to  the
          interest of the spouse or former spouse.

                    Direct Rollover:  A direct rollover is a payment by the
          plan   to  the   eligible  retirement   plan  specified   by  the
          distributee.





          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157 



                    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Oceaneering International, Inc. has
          executed  these presents as  evidenced by  the signatures  of its
          duly authorized officers,  in a  number of copies,  all of  which
          shall  constitute but one and  the same instrument,  which may be
          sufficiently  evidenced by  any such  executed copy  hereof, this
          18th day of June, 1996.

                                   OCEANEERING INTERNATIONAL, INC.



                                   By   //S// GEORGE R. HAUBENREICH, JR.
                                        George R. Haubenreich, Jr.
                                        Vice President and General Counsel

          ATTEST:

          //S// SHEILA F. JAYNES    
          Assistant Secretary






































          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157 




                                      SCHEDULE A


                    As  of the  above  execution date,  only the  following
          companies  have  adopted  this  Plan and  become  Employers  with
          respect thereto.

                    1.   Oceaneering International, Inc.
                    2.   Eastport International, Inc.
                    3.   Steadfast Oceaneering Inc.
                    4.   Solus Ocean Systems, Inc.
                    5.   Ocean Systems Engineering, Inc.












































          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157 



                                      SCHEDULE B


                    Effective July 1, 1995, the following Investment  Funds
          are available under the Plan:

                    (a)  Fixed  Income  Account -  this fund  shall be
               invested in longer-term  fixed-income securities,  such
               as corporate bonds and commercial mortgages.

                    (b)  Fidelity Puritan  Fund - this  fund shall  be
               invested in a broadly diversified portfolio securities,
               including stocks, bonds and short-term instruments.

                    (c)  Fidelity  Growth  Opportunities  Fund -  this
               fund shall  be invested primarily in  common stocks and
               securities convertible into common stocks.

                    (d)  Fidelity Magellan  Fund - this fund  shall be
               invested  primarily  in  equity  securities  of  United
               States, multi-national and foreign countries.

                    (e)  Warburg  Pincus Emerging  Growth Fund  - this
               fund  shall   be  invested  in  equity   securities  of
               domestic, emerging growth  companies.  Ordinarily, this
               fund shall  invest 65%  of its total  assets in  common
               stock or warrants, with  the remainder invested in debt
               securities,   preferred   stock   and    money   market
               instruments.

                    (f)  Warburg  Pincus  International Equity  Fund -
               this  fund shall  be invested  in equity  securities of
               companies that have their principal business activities
               and interests outside the United States.

                    (g)  Oceaneering International  Inc. Company Stock
               Fund -  this fund  shall be  solely invested  in Common
               Stock of the Company.

                    (h)  GIC Fund -  this fund is invested  in a fixed
               investment  contract or  contracts issued  by insurance
               companies.















          HOU01A:316781.5
                 008939.0157 







                                  BENEFIT AGREEMENT

               THIS BENEFIT AGREEMENT, made and entered into as of the 22nd
          day of February, 1996 by and between Oceaneering International,
          Inc., a Delaware corporation with its principal office located in
          Houston, Texas (together with its successors and assigns
          permitted under this Agreement) (the"Company"), and John R.
          Huff, who resides at 1221 Archley, Houston, Texas 77005 (the
          "Executive").

                                 W I T N E S S E T H

               WHEREAS, the Executive is the Chairman of the Board of
          Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company
          and an integral part of its management; and 

               WHEREAS, effective August 15, 1986, the Executive entered
          into an employment agreement with the Company (the "Employment
          Agreement"); and

               WHEREAS, the Company has determined that it would be in the
          best interests of the Company and its shareholders to assure
          itself of the continued services of the Executive by entering
          into this Agreement as an addendum to the Employment Agreement to
          provide medical benefits to the Executive and his spouse and
          children as set forth herein;

               NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises contained
          herein, the Company and the Executive (the"Parties") agree as
          follows:

          1.   Definitions

               "Change in Control" shall have the same meaning as defined
          in the Senior Executive Severance Plan as amended effective March
          17, 1989, and as thereafter may be amended.

               "Children" shall mean the natural children of the Executive
          as of the date of this Agreement, namely Christopher David Huff
          and Jonathan Travis Huff.

               "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
          amended.

               "Disability" shall have the same meaning as defined in the
          long-term disability plan of the Company.

               "Spouse" shall mean the woman who is legally married to the
          Executive as of the date of this Agreement, namely Karen Keohane
          Huff.  

          2.   Benefits

               During Executive's employment with the Company and
          thereafter, the Company shall provide the Executive, his Spouse
          and Children with medical benefits through a group or individual
          insurance plan or provide to the appropriate of the Executive,
          his Spouse or Children with 100% reimbursement of any expenses
          incurred by the Executive, his Spouse or Children that are not
          reimbursed by insurance or otherwise for "medical care" (as such
          term is defined in Section 213 of the Code) for the Executive,
          his Spouse, and his Children.

          3.   Certain Events

               a.   In the event the Executive's employment is terminated
                    due to death or Disability, the medical benefits
                    described in Section 2 herein shall continue to be
                    provided to the Executive, his Spouse and Children for
                    each of their lives.

               b.   In the event of a Change in Control of the Company, the
                    medical benefits described in Section 2 herein shall
                    continue to be provided to the Executive, his Spouse
                    and Children for each of their lives.

               c.   In the event the Executive's employment is terminated
                    by the Company or the Executive terminates employment
                    with the Company in each case after being continuously
                    employed by the Company through August 15, 2006, the
                    medical benefits described in Section 2 herein shall
                    continue to be provided to the Executive, his Spouse
                    and Children for each of their lives.

               d.   If the Executive's employment with the Company is
                    terminated by Executive voluntarily or if Executive's
                    employment is terminated by the Company by reason of
                    the Executive's commission of a felony related to his
                    employment with the Company, in each case prior to a
                    Change in Control and prior to August 15, 2006, the
                    medical benefits provided herein shall cease.

          4.   Effect of Agreement on Other Benefits

               The existence of this Agreement shall not prohibit or
          restrict the Executive's entitlement to full participation in the
          executive compensation, employee benefit and other plans or
          programs in which senior executives of the Company are eligible
          to participate.

          5.   Assignability; Binding Nature

               This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the
          benefit of the Company and the Executive and their respective
          successors, heirs (in the case of the Executive) and assigns.  No
          rights or obligations of the Company under this Agreement may be
          assigned or transferred by the Company except that such rights or
          obligations may be assigned or transferred pursuant to a merger
          or consolidation in which the Company is not the continuing
          entity, or the sale or liquidation of all or substantially all of
          the assets of the Company, provided that the assignee or
          transferee is the successor to all or substantially all of the
          assets of the Company and such assignee or transferee assumes the
          liabilities, obligations and duties of the Company, as contained
          in this Agreement, either contractually or as a matter of law. 
          The Company further agrees that, in the event of a sale of assets
          or liquidation as described in the preceding sentence, it shall
          take whatever action it legally can in order to cause such
          assignee or transferee to expressly assume the liabilities,
          obligations and duties of the Company hereunder.  No obligations
          of the Executive under this Agreement may be assigned or
          transferred by the Executive.

          6.   Representation

               The Company represents and warrants that it is fully
          authorized and empowered to enter into this Agreement and that
          the performance of its obligations under this Agreement will not
          violate any agreement between the Company and any other person,
          firm or organization.

          7.   Entire Agreement

               Except to the extent otherwise provided herein, this
          Agreement contains the entire understanding and agreement between
          the Parties concerning the subject matter hereof.

          8.   Amendment or Waiver

               No provision in this Agreement may be amended unless such
          amendment is agreed to in writing and signed by both the
          Executive and an authorized officer of the Company.  No waiver by
          either Party of any breach by the other Party of any condition or
          provision contained in this Agreement to be performed by such
          other Party shall be deemed a waiver of a similar or dissimilar
          condition or provision at the same or any prior or subsequent
          time.  Any waiver must be in writing and signed by the Executive
          or an authorized representative of the Company, as the case may
          be.

          9.   Severability

               In the event that any provision or portion of this Agreement
          shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable for any
          reason, in whole or in part, the remaining provisions of this
          Agreement shall be unaffected thereby and shall remain in full
          force and effect to the fullest extent permitted by law.

          10.  Survivorship

               The respective rights and obligations of the Parties
          hereunder shall survive any termination of the Executive's
          employment, except as specified in Section 3 hereof, to the
          extent necessary to the intended preservation of such rights and
          obligations.

          11.  Governing Law/Jurisdiction

               This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and
          interpreted in accordance with the laws of Texas without
          reference to principles of conflict of laws.

          12.  Headings

               The headings of the sections contained in this Agreement are
          for convenience only and shall not be deemed to control or affect
          the meaning or construction of any provision of this Agreement.

          13.  Counterparts

               This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts.


               IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this
          Agreement as of the date first written above.



                                        //S// JOHN R. HUFF                  
                                        John R. Huff


                                        OCEANEERING INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                                        By: //S// GEORGE R. HAUBENREICH, JR.
                                              Vice President, 
                                              General Counsel and Secretary 




          K-    K-113                                       7,000    Shares


                           OCEANEERING INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                      RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD INCENTIVE AGREEMENT

                    THIS AGREEMENT is made as of  the date set forth on the
          signature page hereof, between Oceaneering International, Inc., a
          Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and               Marvin J.
          Migura       (the  "Participant").    Except  as defined  herein,
          capitalized terms  shall have the  same meaning ascribed  to them
          under  the   1990  Long   Term  Incentive  Plan   of  Oceaneering
          International,  Inc., as  from time  to time  amended, a  copy of
          which is attached hereto and made a part hereof  for all purposes
          (the "Plan").  To the extent that any provision of this Agreement
          conflicts  with the  express  terms of  the  Plan, it  is  hereby
          acknowledged  and agreed that the terms of the Plan shall control
          and, if  necessary, the  applicable provisions of  this Agreement
          shall be hereby deemed amended so as to carry out the purpose and
          intent of the Plan.

                    1.   Definitions.  As used  herein, the terms set forth
          below shall have the following respective meanings:

                    (a)  "Change  in Control"  means, with  respect to  the
          Company, if (i) a third person, including a "group" as defined in
          Section  13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, becomes
          the beneficial owner of  shares of the Company having  30 percent
          or  more of the  total number of  votes that may  be cast for the
          election of directors of the  Company, or (ii) as the result  of,
          or  in connection with, any cash tender or exchange offer, merger
          or  other  business  combination,  sale of  assets  or  contested
          election  or any  combination  of the  foregoing transactions  (a
          "Transaction"),  the persons  who were  directors of  the Company
          before the  Transaction shall cease  to constitute a  majority of
          the Board  of Directors of the Company or of any successor to the
          Company.  Without  limiting the foregoing, no "Change of Control"
          shall be  deemed to  have taken  place for the  purposes of  this
          Agreement, if a person  or persons is appointed  or elected as  a
          member(s) of the  Board as a  result of or  in connection with  a
          Transaction  or other event unless  item (i) or  (ii) above shall
          also have occurred.

                    (b)  "Closing  Stock  Price"  means,  with  respect  to
          common stock  on a particular date,  (i) if the shares  of common
          stock are listed on a national securities exchange, the last sale
          price per share of  common stock on any such  national securities
          exchange on  that date, or, if there shall have been no such sale
          so  reported on  that date, on  the last preceding  date on which
          such a  sale was so  reported and, (ii)  if the shares  of Common
          Stock are  not so listed  but are  quoted in the  NASDAQ National
          Market System, the last sale price per share  of shares of common
          stock reported on the NASDAQ National Market System on that date,
          or,  if there shall  have been no  such sale so  reported on that
          date,  on the  last preceding date  on which  such a  sale was so
          reported.  


                    (c)  "Disability" means a physical or mental impairment
          of  sufficient  severity that,  in  the  opinion of  a  physician
          selected by the Company, the Participant is unable to fulfill his
          duties.


                    (d)  "Peer Group Companies" means Baroid Corporation as
          replaced by  Dresser Industries, Inc.  on June  24, 1994,  Global
          Industries,   Inc.,   Halliburton   Company,  Hornbeck   Offshore
          Services, Inc., Offshore  Pipelines, Inc. as  replaced by J.  Ray
          McDermott, Inc.  on February  10, 1995,  McDermott International,
          Inc.,  Nabors  Industries, Inc.,  Stolt  Comex  Seaway S.A.,  and
          Tidewater, Inc.   In the event  any of  such companies (i)  shall
          cease  to have its common  stock listed on  a national securities
          exchange  or quoted in the NASDAQ National Market System, or (ii)
          in the sole discretion of the Committee, shall be so changed as a
          result of any merger, acquisition or other transaction that it no
          longer is appropriate to include such  company as one of the Peer
          Group Companies,  then the Peer Group  Companies shall thereafter
          not  include  such  company   for  purposes  of  calculating  any
          forfeiture of Restricted Stock under this Agreement.  

                    (e)  "Peer Group Companies Performance" for any 52-week
          period contemplated  in Section  3 of  this Agreement  means, the
          arithmetic average of the changes in Closing Stock Price for each
          of the Peer Group Companies between the first day of such  period
          and the last day of such period.

                    2.   Award.  In  order to  encourage the  Participant's
          contribution to the successful performance of the Company, and in
          consideration of  the covenants  and promises of  the Participant
          herein contained,  pursuant to action  taken by the  Committee on
          May 22, 1995  (the "Date of Grant"), the Company hereby awards to
          the  Participant as of the Date of  Grant a total of 7,000 shares
          of  Common Stock, pursuant to the Plan, subject to the conditions
          and restrictions set forth below and in the Plan (the "Restricted
          Stock").

                    3.   Restrictions  on   Transfer.     The   shares   of
          Restricted Stock granted hereunder to the Participant may not  be
          sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered from
          the Date of Grant until said shares shall have become  vested and
          not otherwise subject to forfeiture  (and restrictions terminated
          thereon)  in accordance with the provisions  of this Paragraph 3.
          (The period  of time between the Date of Grant and the vesting of
          shares of Restricted  Stock shall  be referred to  herein as  the
          "Restricted Period" as to those shares of stock.)  The Restricted
          Stock awarded  hereunder consists  of Tranche C  containing 7,000
          shares.    The shares  of Restricted  Stock  shall be  treated as
          described  below for  purposes of  forfeiture, vesting  and other
          terms and conditions of this Agreement:

                    (a)  Tranche  C:   The  shares of  Restricted Stock  in
          Tranche  C shall  be forfeited  to the extent  the change  of the
          Closing  Stock Price for the Common Stock for the 156-week period
          referred  to below  fails  to  meet  the  levels  of  Peer  Group
          Companies  Performance  indicated  in  the  columnar presentation
          below  for  such period,  with  linear interpolation  to  be used
          between  these designated  points (rounded  to the  nearest whole
          share of Common Stock); provided, however, that if net income for
          the Company  for  its fiscal  year  ending immediately  prior  to
          June 21,  1996 is  not  positive,  all  of  Tranche  C  shall  be
          forfeited.  Determination  of changes shall be  made by comparing
          the  Closing Stock  Prices  of the  Company  and the  Peer  Group
          Companies on June 25,  1993 to  the Closing Stock  Prices on  the
          last trading day of each calendar week for each of such companies
          for the period ended June 21, 1996.

                                                        Percentage of    
                Company Performance as Percentage      Restricted Stock
               of Peer Group Companies Performance        Forfeited

                         87-1/2%                             0%
                         75%                                34%
                         50%                                84%
                         Less than 50%                     100%

                    (b)  Vesting of Common Stock:  The shares of  Tranche C
          Restricted Stock not forfeited  by reason of failure to  meet the
          conditions  set forth in paragraph  (c) above, shall  vest 25% on
          June 21, 1996, 25% on  June 20, 1997, 25% on June 19,  1998 and a
          final  25% on June 18, 1999.  Upon termination of a Participant's
          employment (with or without cause, voluntary, involuntary or  for
          any  reason whatsoever  except as  provided in  Sections 3(f) and
          3(g)),  all Restricted  Stock  for which  the  conditions of  the
          applicable  provisions  of paragraphs  (a), (b)  or (c)  and this
          paragraph (d)  have not  been satisfied  as of the  date of  such
          termination of employment shall be forfeited.

                    (c)  Tax Reimbursement:    Within  10  days  after  the
          expiration of the Restricted Period with respect  to a particular
          share  of  Restricted  Stock,  the  Company  shall  pay  to   the
          Participant an  amount sufficient to  provide for the  payment of
          all United  States federal income  taxes imposed with  respect to
          Participant's acquisition of  such share,  as well  as an  amount
          sufficient  to reimburse  Participant for  the tax  obligation on
          such  amounts so  that Participant  is  paid an  amount as  a tax
          assistance payment by the  Company sufficient to fund all  of his
          income taxes on both  the share of Restricted  Stock and the  tax
          assistance payment.   In the event the Participant is  not at the
          time  a tax assistance  payment is to  be made  subject to United
          States income  tax, such tax assistance payment shall be computed
          by reference  to the income  tax of  the laws of  the country  to
          which the participant  is subject; provided,  however, that  such
          tax assistance  payment shall not  exceed the  amount that  would
          have been  payable  if the  Participant  were subject  solely  to
          United  States income tax.  No United States state (or equivalent
          foreign)  income  taxes will  be  considered  in determining  tax
          assistance payments.  The Committee shall have  sole and complete
          discretion in the calculation of tax assistance payments, and the
          determination  of the Committee shall be final and binding on the
          Participant  except  in   the  case  of  bad   faith  or  willful
          misconduct.  In computing the tax assistance payment, it shall be
          assumed  that the Participant is at the maximum marginal tax rate
          for  individual taxpayers.  Subject to Section 3(f), in the event
          a Participant sells  any share of  Restricted Stock within  three
          years after expiration  of the Restricted Period  with respect to
          such Restricted  Stock, the Participant shall  immediately pay to
          the Company  the amount of the tax  assistance payment previously
          received by the Participant from the Company with respect to such
          share.


                    (d)  Effect  of  Change in  Control:   In  the  event a
          Change in Control occurs prior to the time that the conditions of
          the  applicable of paragraphs (a),  (b) or (c)  and paragraph (d)
          above have been satisfied  with respect to a share  of Restricted
          Stock, and upon  such Change in Control if a  share of Restricted
          Stock  has not  theretofore been  forfeited, the  requirements of
          paragraphs (a),  (b), (c) and  (d) above shall be  deemed to have
          been  satisfied on the  later of (i) 6  months after the  Date of
          Grant  and (ii) the  date  of such  Change  of Control,  and  tax
          assistance payments shall  be made  with respect  to such  shares
          within 10 days thereafter.

                    (e)  Effect   of   Death   Disability;  Discretion   of
          Committee.   In  the  event of  the  death or  Disability  of the
          Participant while employed by the Company, the  conditions of the
          applicable of paragraphs (a),  (b) or (c) and paragraph  (d) with
          respect  to  any  shares  of  Restricted  Stock  not   previously
          forfeited  by  the  Participant   shall  be  deemed   immediately
          satisfied and tax assistance payments shall be made by Company to
          Participants  with  respect   to  such  event   within  30   days
          thereafter.  At any time  after 6 months from the Date  of Grant,
          the Compensation  Committee may determine to  deem the conditions
          of paragraphs (a), (b), (c) or (d) satisfied  with respect to one
          or  more  shares  of  Restricted  Stock,  and may  in  connection
          therewith authorize a tax assistance payment.

                    (f)  Dividends:   Dividends  (other than  dividends  in
          capital stock) with respect  to shares of Restricted  Stock shall
          be paid  to the Participant  without regard  to the  restrictions
          otherwise  applicable to such shares.  Dividends in capital stock
          of the  Company  shall  accumulate and  be  associated  with  the
          Restricted Stock to which  they relate and shall vest at the time
          such Restricted Stock vests.

                    (g)  Voting of Common Stock:  A Participant shall  have
          the right to exercise any voting rights appurtenant to Restricted
          Stock  without regard  to any  restrictions otherwise  imposed by
          reason of this Agreement.

                    (h)  Interpretation of Market Declines.  In  the event,
          for any 52-week  period, the Peer Group  Companies Performance is
          negative,  the tables in  Sections 3(a), 3(b)  and 3(c)  shall be
          interpreted such that (i) a relative performance of 87-1/2% shall
          mean  the Company Performance (in  terms of a  decline in Closing
          Stock Price) declined 112-1/2% compared to the Peer Group Companies
          Performance, (ii) a relative  performance of 75%  shall mean  the
          Company Performance  declined 125%  compared  to the  Peer  Group
          Companies  Performance and  (iii) a relative  performance of  50%
          shall mean the  Company Performance declined 150% compared to the
          Peer Group  Companies Performance.   For  example, if  Peer Group
          Companies Performance  change  is  a  negative  10%  (an  average
          decline  of 10%),  and Company Performance  declined 15%,  84% of
          Tranche C would be forfeited.

                    4.   Code  Section 83(b)  Election.    The  Participant
          shall  not make an election, under Code Section 83(b), to include
          in  income the  fair  market value  of  the Restricted  Stock  in
          respect of this award of Restricted Stock on the Date of Grant.

                    5.   Sale of Restricted Stock.   The Participant  shall
          not  sell  Restricted  Stock  except  pursuant  to  an  effective
          registration  statement  under the  Securities  Act  of 1933  (or
          pursuant to an exemption from  registration under such act),  and
          the  Participant  hereby  represents  that he  is  acquiring  the
          Restricted Stock for  his own account and not with  a view to the
          distribution thereof.

                    6.   Escrow   of   Certificates.     The   certificates
          representing shares  of Restricted  Stock shall be  registered in
          the  name of the Participant and deposited, together with a stock
          power endorsed  by the Participant  in blank, with  the Corporate
          Secretary of the Company during the Restricted Period.  Each such
          certificate  shall  bear a  legend  as provided  by  the Company,
          conspicuously referring to the terms, conditions and restrictions
          described in the  Plan and  in this  Agreement.   Subject to  the
          provisions of Section 7 below, upon termination of the Restricted
          Period with respect to shares of Restricted Stock,  a certificate
          representing such shares shall be delivered to the Participant as
          promptly as practicable following such termination.

                    7.   Withholding   of   Taxes.       No    certificates
          representing the shares of Restricted Stock shall be delivered to
          the  Participant  by  the  Company  unless  the  Participant  (or
          Beneficiary, as defined in Section 8 below) remits to the Company
          the  amount   of  all  federal,  state   and  other  governmental
          withholding  tax  requirements  imposed  upon  the  Company  with
          respect to the issuance of such shares or unless provisions to so
          pay  such   withholding  requirements  have  been   made  to  the
          satisfaction of the Committee.

                    8.   Beneficiary  Designations.    The Participant  may
          file with the Corporate Secretary of the Company a designation of
          one or more  beneficiaries (each a "Beneficiary")  to whom shares
          otherwise due the Participant  shall be distributed in  the event
          of  the death  of the  Participant  while in  the  employ of  the
          Company.   The  Participant shall  have the  right to  change the
          Beneficiary  or  Beneficiaries  from   time  to  time;  provided,
          however,  that  any  change  shall  not  become  effective  until
          received  in writing by  the Corporate Secretary  of the Company.
          If any  designated Beneficiary survives the  Participant but dies
          before  receiving all  of his  benefits hereunder,  any remaining
          benefits   due  him   shall  be   distributed  to   the  deceased
          Beneficiary's  estate.   If  there  is  no effective  Beneficiary
          designation on file at the time of the Participant's death, or if
          the designated Beneficiary or Beneficiaries have all  predeceased
          such Participant, the  payment of any remaining benefits shall be
          made to the  Participant's estate.  In the  event of any dispute,
          the  Company  shall  be fully  protected  and  discharged  of its
          obligations  under  this  Agreement  if it  delivers  the  shares
          otherwise due  a Participant  to the probate  court administering
          his estate.

                    9.   Limitation  of Rights.   Nothing in this Agreement
          or the Plan shall be construed to:

                    (a)  give the  Participant any right to  be awarded any
          Restricted  Stock other  than  in  the  sole  discretion  of  the
          Committee;

                    (b)  give  the  Participant  or  any  other person  any
          interest in any fund or  in any specified asset or assets  of the
          Company or any affiliate of the Company; or

                    (c)  confer  upon the Participant the right to continue
          in the employment or service of  the Company or any affiliate  of
          the Company, or affect the right  of the Company or any affiliate
          of  the Company  to terminate  the employment  or service  of the
          Participant at any time or for any reason.

                    The  Committee  shall  have   the  discretion  to  make
          determinations  under   this  Agreement   and   Plan,  and   such
          determinations  shall be  final  and binding  on the  Participant
          except in the case of bad faith and willful misconduct.

                    10.  Nonalienation of Benefits.  Except as contemplated
          by  Section 8 above,  no right  or benefit  under this  Agreement
          shall  be subject  to transfer,  anticipation, alienation,  sale,
          assignment,  pledge, encumbrance  or  charge, whether  voluntary,
          involuntary, or by operation of law, and any attempt to transfer,
          anticipate, alienate,  sell, assign,  pledge, encumber or  charge
          the same shall  be void.  No right or  benefit hereunder shall in
          any  manner be  liable for  or subject  to any  debts, contracts,
          liabilities or torts of the person entitled to such benefits.  If
          the  Participant  or  his   Beneficiary  hereunder  shall  become
          bankrupt  or attempt  to transfer, anticipate,  alienate, assign,
          sell, pledge, encumber or charge any  right or benefit hereunder,
          other than as contemplated by Section 8 above, or if any creditor
          shall  attempt  to subject  the same  to  a writ  of garnishment,
          attachment,  execution,  sequestration,  or  any  other  form  of
          process  or  involuntary lien  or  seizure,  then such  right  or
          benefit shall cease and terminate.

                    11.  Prerequisites   to   Benefits.       Neither   the
          Participant,  nor any  person claiming  through  the Participant,
          shall  have any right or interest in the Restricted Stock awarded
          hereunder,  unless  and  until  all  the  terms,  conditions  and
          provisions  of  this Agreement  and  the  Plan  which affect  the
          Participant or such other person shall have been complied with as
          specified herein.

                    12.  Rights   as  a   Stockholder.    Subject   to  the
          limitations  and restrictions  contained herein,  the Participant
          (or  Beneficiary) shall  have all  rights  as a  stockholder with
          respect to the shares  of Restricted Stock once such  shares have
          been registered in his name hereunder. 

                    13.  Successors and Assigns.  This Agreement shall bind
          and  inure  to  the   benefit  of  and  be  enforceable   by  the
          Participant,  the   Company   and  their   respective   permitted
          successors and assigns (including personal representatives, heirs
          and legatees),  except that the  Participant may  not assign  any
          rights or obligations  under this Agreement except to  the extent
          and in the manner expressly permitted herein.

                    14.  The   Committee  shall  have   sole  and  complete
          discretion  in  the  interpretation  of this  Agreement  and  the
          determination  of the Committee shall be final and binding on the
          Participant  except  in   the  case  of  bad   faith  or  willful
          misconduct.

                    15.  Governing Law.   This Agreement shall  be governed
          by, construed and  enforced in  accordance with the  laws of  the
          State of Delaware.

                    16.  Gender and Number.   Whenever the context requires
          or  permits,   the  gender   and  number   of   words  shall   be
          interchangeable.

                    This Agreement is executed and delivered, in duplicate,
          pursuant  to the Plan,  the provisions of  which are incorporated
          herein by reference.

                    Dated:  May 22, 1995.

                                        OCEANEERING INTERNATIONAL, INC.



                                        By //S// GEORGE R. HAUBENREICH, JR.
             


          The undersigned Participant accepts
          the Restricted Stock subject to all
          the terms of this Agreement.


          //S// MARVIN J. MIGURA         






          March 29, 1996




          Oceaneering International, Inc.
          16001 Park Ten Place, Suite 600
          Houston, Texas  77084
          Attention:  Robert P. Mingoia, Treasurer 

          Ladies and Gentlemen:

               Citibank,  N.A.  (the "Bank")  is  pleased  to establish  an
          uncommitted  line  of  credit   in  your  favor  not  to   exceed
          $US20,000,000.00 (Twenty Million Dollars) at any time outstanding
          and available  for your use  from time to time  through March 31,
          1997, unless the Bank should advise, or be advised by you, to the
          contrary.   This line  of credit agreement  (this "Agreement") is
          not  a commitment but sets  forth the terms  and conditions under
          which  the Bank  may in  its sole  discretion make  advances (the
          "Advances") to you and  may issue (as "Issuing Bank")  letters of
          credit for a term not  to exceed two (2)  years from the date  of
          issuance (each a "Letter  of Credit") for your account  from time
          to time under such line of credit.

               1.   The  Advances.   (a)   All Advances  under the  line of
          credit shall be payable on demand and shall be  evidenced by your
          Demand Promissory  Note substantially  in the  form of Exhibit  A
          hereto (the "Note").  Advances under  the Note may be made by the
          Bank  at  the  oral  or  written  request of  persons  designated
          pursuant to  the resolution  delivered  to the  Bank pursuant  to
          Section 3 below and shall be disbursed by  credit to your account
          at the  office of the Citibank, N.A.  located at 399 Park Avenue,
          New  York, New  York 10043  or otherwise  in accordance  with the
          written  instruction of  such  persons.   In accordance  with the
          terms  of the  Note,  you shall  be permitted  to  choose as  the
          applicable interest  rate  basis  for each  Advance  one  of  the
          following  (as defined  in the  Note): Citibank's  Alternate Base
          Rate, LIBOR plus an additional amount mutually agreed upon by the
          Bank and you prior to the time of  a borrowing under the Note, or
          the  Quoted Rate;  provided that  LIBOR and Quoted  Rate Advances
          (each  a  "Fixed  Rate  Advance") shall  only  be  available  for
          principal  amounts   of   at  least   $1,000,000   or   $500,000,
          respectively, that are whole-integer  multiples of $100,000.  All
          capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein are used with  the
          same meanings as in the Note.  

               (b)  If  due to either (i) the introduction of or any change
          (including without limitation, any change by way of imposition or
          increase  of reserve requirements) in or in the interpretation of
          any law or regulation or (ii) the compliance of the Bank with any
          guideline or request from any  central bank or other governmental
          authority  (whether or not having  force of law),  there shall be
          any  increase in  the cost  to the  Bank of  agreeing to  make or
          making, funding or maintaining Advances, then you shall from time
          to time,  upon demand  by the Bank,  pay to  the Bank  additional
          amounts sufficient  to indemnify the Bank  against such increased
          cost.  You further  agree to indemnify and save the Bank harmless
          from  any loss, cost, damage,  liability or expense  which may be
          suffered  or incurred by the  Bank, resulting from the imposition
          of  reserve requirements  to  transactions  covered hereby  under
          Regulation D of  the Board  of Governors of  the Federal  Reserve
          System or otherwise (including without limitation the loss, cost,
          damage,  liability or  expense incurred  in maintaining  any such
          reserve).  A certificate as to the amount of such increased cost,
          submitted  to  you  by  the  Bank, shall  be  conclusive,  absent
          manifest error.

               (c)  You agree  to compensate the Bank on written request by
          the Bank (which request  will set forth in reasonable  detail the
          basis  for requesting  such amounts)  for all  reasonable losses,
          expenses  and liabilities  (including,  without  limitation,  any
          interest paid by  the Bank to lenders of funds  borrowed by it to
          make or carry  Fixed Rate Advances) and any loss sustained by the
          Bank in connection with the reemployment of such funds which Bank
          may sustain if for any reason (whether  due to demand for payment
          by the Bank (except for demand by the Bank in circumstances where
          no default or event of default exists or where no imminent breach
          by  Borrower  of the  note and/or  this  Agreement exists  in the
          reasonable  view  of  the  Bank),  voluntary  prepayment  by  the
          Borrower or any other reason) you repay any Fixed Rate Advance on
          a day which is not the last day of the applicable Interest Period
          or as a  consequence of your  failure to borrow any  such Advance
          after giving notice thereof  or to pay the principal  of any such
          Advance when due under this Agreement and the Note.

               2.   Letters of Credit.   You may from time to  time request
          the Bank  to cause the Issuing  Bank to issue a  Letter of Credit
          for your account by executing the Issuing Bank's standard form of
          letter  of  credit  application  (each an  "Application").    The
          Issuing Bank shall not be obligated to issue any Letter of Credit
          at  any time but  each Letter of  Credit shall be  subject to the
          terms  and conditions  contained in  the related  Application and
          shall  expire  no more  than  two (2)  years  after  the date  of
          issuance.    You  shall pay  the  Bank  a  commission payable  at
          issuance on each standby Letter of Credit computed at the rate of
          .75%  per annum  (based on  a year  of 360  days and  actual days
          elapsed) on the maximum  amount available or to be  available for
          drawing  thereunder  (assuming  compliance  with  all  conditions
          thereof), or $450.00  (which ever is greater) payable  in arrears
          on  the last day of  each calendar quarter  and on the expiration
          date thereof.   In the event that  the Issuing Bank  notifies the
          Bank  that you  have  failed to  pay  any obligations  under  any
          Application  when due, you shall  be deemed to  have requested an
          Advance  from the  Bank in  such amount  bearing interest  at the
          Alternate Base Rate and the Bank is hereby irrevocably authorized
          to make such an Advance  and deliver the proceeds thereof  to the
          Issuing Bank for application to such obligations.

               3.   Loan  Documents.  You shall  provide to the  Bank (i) a
          copy  of this Agreement executed by you, (ii) your executed Note,
          (iii)  a certificate  of your  secretary or  assistant secretary,
          dated a recent date, containing a copy of the resolutions of your
          board of  directors authorizing the execution  and performance of
          this  Agreement,  the  Note,  the  Applications,  and  all  other
          documents  executed  or  to  be  executed  by  you  hereunder  or
          thereunder (collectively, the "Loan Documents") and certifying as
          to  the  incumbency  and  specimen signatures  of  your  officers
          authorized  to execute  each such  Loan Document  and to  give or
          designate others  to give  notices hereunder and  thereunder, and
          (iv) a  copy  of your  articles or  certificate of  incorporation
          certified   by  the   Secretary  of  State   of  your   state  of
          incorporation as of a recent date.

               4.   Representations and Covenants.   Until the  termination
          of this line  of credit and payment  in full of your  obligations
          under this letter  agreement, the Note and the  Applications (the
          "Obligations") you will provide  to the Bank: (i) within  90 days
          after the  end of each  fiscal year, annual  financial statements
          certified by accountants acceptable to  the Bank; (ii) within  45
          days  after the  end of  each fiscal  quarter (except  the fourth
          quarter) unaudited  financial statements certified by  your chief
          financial  officer; and  (iii) such other  information concerning
          your business, operations, properties, prospects and financial or
          other condition  as the Bank may  request from time to  time.  In
          addition, you agree  at all times during the term  of this Letter
          Agreement to advise the Bank immediately upon obtaining knowledge
          of (but  in any event  not later than  twenty (20) days  from the
          date  of) the occurrence  of a default  under the terms  of or an
          Event  of Default as defined under any credit agreement or senior
          credit  facilities  between   the  Borrower  and  any   financial
          institution or other third party.   Such notice maybe in the form
          of oral  communication promptly confirmed in  writing via letter,
          telex, telecopier or telefacsimile.

               5.   Obligations  Payable on  Demand.   Except as  otherwise
          required by the terms of  the Demand Promissory Note, all  of the
          Obligations  shall  be  payable on  demand,  notwithstanding  the
          duration of any Interest  Period for any Advance,  the expiration
          date of any Letter of Credit or anything else contained herein or
          in any of the Loan Documents.    Upon such demand, you shall  pay
          to us, in addition to all principal and interest then outstanding
          under  the Note,  an  amount equal  to  the maximum  amount  (the
          "Maximum  Available Amount") which may at any time be drawn under
          all Letters of Credit  then outstanding (assuming compliance with
          all conditions thereof and  whether or not any beneficiary  under
          any Letter of Credit  shall have presented, or shall  be entitled
          at such time to  present, the drafts or other  documents required
          to draw under such  Letter of Credit), which amount shall be held
          in a  cash collateral account to  be established by you  with the
          Issuing Bank as  cash collateral for  your obligations under  the
          Applications,  provided  that in  the  event  of cancellation  or
          expiration  of any  Letter  of Credit  or  any reduction  in  the
          Maximum Available  Amount, we shall apply  the difference between
          the   Maximum  Available   Amount  immediately   prior   to  such
          cancellation,  expiration or reduction  and the Maximum Available
          Amount  immediately  after   such  cancellation,  expiration   or
          reduction,  to the  payment  of any  outstanding Obligations  and
          shall  pay any excess to whomsoever shall be lawfully entitled to
          receive such  funds.   Amounts deposited  in the cash  collateral
          account shall be invested by the Bank at your request in approved
          certificates of deposit or  other readily marketable  instruments
          or securities mutually agreed upon by you and the Bank.

               6.   Indemnification.    You  agree  to  indemnify  and hold
          harmless  the  Bank  and  its  affiliates,  officers,  directors,
          employees, agents  and advisors  (each,  an "Indemnified  Party")
          from and against any and all claims, damages, losses, liabilities
          and   expenses   (including,   without   limitation,   fees   and
          disbursements of counsel) which may be incurred by or asserted or
          awarded against any Indemnified Party,  in each case arising  out
          of  or in connection with or by  reason of, or in connection with
          the preparation  for a defense of,  any investigation, litigation
          or  proceeding arising out of,  related to or  in connection with
          this Agreement or the Obligations, including, without limitation,
          any transaction in which the proceeds of any borrowing are or are
          to be  applied, whether or  not an  Indemnified Party is  a party
          thereto and  whether or not the  transactions contemplated herein
          are consummated, except  to the extent such  claim, damage, loss,
          liability or expense is found in a final, non-appealable judgment
          by a court of  competent jurisdiction to have resulted  from such
          Indemnified Party's gross negligence or willful misconduct.

               7.   Amendments and Waivers.  No amendment,  modification or
          waiver of this Agreement, the Note or any term hereof  or thereof
          shall be effective unless  in writing and  signed by you and  the
          Bank.

               8.   Integration.   This letter agreement, the  Note and any
          other Loan  Documents constitute the final  agreement between you
          and the Bank on the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior
          understandings, representations and agreements.

               9.   Assignments and  Participations.  We may  assign to any
          of  our  affiliates or,  with your  consent  (which shall  not be
          unreasonably  withheld),   to  one   or   more  other   financial
          institutions,  all or  a portion  of our  rights and  obligations
          under this letter and the Note.  Upon delivery to  you of written
          notice of such assignment signed by both parties thereto, (i) the
          assignee  shall become a party hereto and shall assume our rights
          and obligations hereunder  to the extent of such assignment, (ii)
          the assignor shall relinquish its rights and be released from its
          obligations  under this letter to  the same extent  and (iii) you
          shall  promptly execute and deliver new notes to the assignee and
          assignor  as necessary  to  reflect their  respective rights  and
          obligations hereunder after giving effect to such assignment.  We
          may also  sell participations in  all or a portion  of our rights
          and  obligations   under  this  Agreement,   provided  that   our
          obligations  hereunder shall  remain unchanged,  we shall  remain
          solely  responsible   to  the   other  parties  hereto   for  the
          performance thereof  and you  shall continue  to deal  solely and
          directly  with us in  connection with our  rights and obligations
          hereunder.   We  may  disclose  to  any existing  or  prospective
          transferee under this Section any information received by us from
          or  on behalf  of you  pursuant to  this letter,  so long  as the
          recipient has agreed to  hold in confidence any  such information
          which is  confidential in nature.   Notwithstanding anything else
          set  forth herein, we may at  any time create a security interest
          in all or any portion of our rights under this letter  (including
          without limitation the  Advances and  the Note) in  favor of  any
          Federal Reserve Bank.  

               10.  Governing Law  and Jurisdiction.  This  Agreement shall
          be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws
          of the  State of New York.   The Borrower hereby  consents to the
          personal  jurisdiction of any court  of the United  States or the
          State  of New  York sitting  in New  York City,  New York  in any
          action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this agreement
          or the Note, agrees that all claims in respect of any such action
          or  proceeding  may be  heard and  determined  in such  court and
          waives the defense  of inconvenient forum  to the maintenance  of
          any such action or proceeding.

               If  the foregoing  is satisfactory  to you,  please indicate
          your acceptance by signing  the enclosed copy of this  letter and
          returning  it  to  the  Bank  at  Citibank,  N.A.  c/o   Citicorp
          Securities, Inc.,  1200 Smith Street, Suite  2000, Houston, Texas
          77002.

                                   Yours very truly

                                   CITIBANK, N.A.



                                   By:  //s//MARJORIE FUTORNICK
                                   Marjorie Futornick
                                   Vice President



          Accepted and agreed to as of
          the date first stated above:

          OCEANEERING INTERNATIONAL, INC.


          By:  //s//ROBERT P. MINGOIA
          Robert P. Mingoia
          Treasurer







                                      EXHIBIT A

                                DEMAND PROMISSORY NOTE


          $20,000,000.00                                                 
               March 29, 1996


               FOR   VALUE   RECEIVED,    the   undersigned,    Oceaneering
          International,  Inc., a  Delaware  corporation (the  "Borrower"),
          HEREBY PROMISES TO  PAY ON DEMAND to the  order of Citibank, N.A.
          (the "Bank"), at its office (the "Reference Bank") located at 399
          Park  Avenue,   New  York,  New   York,  the  principal   sum  of
          $20,000,000.00  (Twenty   Million  Dollars)  or,  if   less,  the
          aggregate principal  amount of  all advances (each  an "Advance")
          made hereunder by  the Bank  to the Borrower  outstanding at  the
          time  of such  demand;  together with  interest  on any  and  all
          principal amounts  remaining unpaid  hereunder from time  to time
          outstanding  from  and  including  the  date  hereof  until  such
          principal  amounts are  finally paid  in full,  at such  interest
          rates and  payable at such  times, as are specified  below.  This
          Demand  Promissory  Note  is the  Note  referred  to  in, and  is
          entitled to  the benefits  of, the letter  agreement between  the
          Borrower and the  Bank dated as  of March 31,   1995 (as  amended
          from time to time, the "Letter Agreement").

               1.   All Advances hereunder shall bear interest,  payable on
          demand  or if no demand  is made then monthly on  the last day of
          each  calendar month  during the  term hereof,  at a  fluctuating
          interest rate per annum in effect from time to time  equal at all
          times  to the Alternate Base  Rate (as defined  below), with each
          change in  the fluctuating interest rate  hereunder taking effect
          simultaneously  with the  corresponding change  in  the Alternate
          Base Rate; provided that  upon not less than three  Business Days
          (as defined below) notice  to the Bank, the Borrower may elect to
          have all  or any portion  (in the  amount of at  least $1,000,000
          that are  whole-integer multiples  of $100,000) of  the aggregate
          principal amount of such Advances  bear interest for the Interest
          Period (as defined below)  specified in such notice at  LIBOR (as
          defined below), plus an additional amount mutually agreed upon by
          the  Borrower and  the  Bank, payable  on the  last  day of  such
          Interest Period;  and provided  further, that  upon offer by  the
          Bank  and acceptance  by the  Borrower on  any Business  Day, the
          Borrower may elect to have  all or any portion (in the  amount of
          at least  $500,000 that are whole-integer  multiples of $100,000)
          of the  aggregate principal amount of such Advances bear interest
          at a rate equal to the Quoted Rate (as defined below), payable on
          the last day of such Interest Period. 
              
               2.   As used  in this Demand Promissory  Note, the following
          terms shall have the following meanings:

               "Alternate  Base Rate"  means, at  all times,  a fluctuating
          rate per annum equal to the highest of: 

                      (i) the rate of interest announced  publicly  by  the
                 Reference Bank in New York, New York, for time to time, as
                 the Reference Bank's base rate; or

                      (ii) the sum of  (A)  1/2  of one percent  per  annum
                 plus  (B) the  rate obtained  by dividing  (x) the  latest
                 three-week  moving average  of  secondary  market  morning
                 offering  rates  in  the  United  States  for  three-month
                 certificates  of  deposit  of major  United  States  money
                 market  banks  (such   three-week  moving  average   being
                 determined weekly  by the Reference  Bank on the  basis of
                 such rates  reported by certificate of  deposit dealers to
                 and published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or,
                 if such  publication shall be suspended  or terminated, on
                 the basis  of quotations  for such  rates received  by the
                 Reference Bank, in either case adjusted to the nearest 1/4
                 of  one percent  or, if  there  is no  nearest 1/4  of one
                 percent, to  the next higher 1/4 on one percent), by (y) a
                 percentage equal to  100% minus the  average of the  daily
                 percentages specified during such three-week period by the
                 Federal Reserve  Board for determining the maximum reserve
                 requirement  (including, but not  limited to, any marginal
                 reserve requirements for the  Reference Bank in respect of
                 liabilities  consisting  of  or  including   (among  other
                 liabilities)  three-month non-personal time deposits of at
                 least $100,000),  plus (C) the average  during such three-
                 week  period  of the  daily  net  annual assessment  rates
                 estimated  by  the  Reference  Bank  for  determining  the
                 current annual assessment payable by the Reference Bank to
                 the Federal  Deposit  Insurance Corporation  for  insuring
                 three-month time deposits in the United States; or

                      (iii)  one half of one percent per  annum  above  the
                 weighted average  of the rates on  overnight Federal funds
                 transactions with  members of  the Federal Reserve  System
                 arranged by  Federal funds brokers, as  published for such
                 day  (or, if such day is not  a Business Day, for the next
                 preceding Business Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank of New
                 York,  or, if such  rate is not  so published for  any day
                 which is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for
                 such  transactions  received by  the  Reference  Bank from
                 three   Federal  funds  brokers   of  recognized  standing
                 selected by it.

               "Business Day" means a  day of the  year on which banks  are
          not required  or authorized to close  in New York  City and, with
          respect  to any Advance bearing interest by reference to LIBOR, a
          day of  the year on which  dealings are carried on  in the London
          interbank market.

               "Indebtedness"  means (a) all  indebtedness of  the Borrower
          for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property
          or services under material contracts  (other  than current  trade
          liabilities  incurred in  the ordinary  course of  the Borrower's
          business and  payable in accordance with  customary practices and
          which in any event are no more than 120 days past due or, if more
          than  120 days  past due, are  being contested in  good faith and
          adequate  reserves with  respect  thereof have  been made  on the
          books of the  Borrower), (b) all obligations under  senior credit
          facilities,  (c) all  obligations under  Finance leases,  (d) all
          obligations  and liabilities  secured  by liens  on any  property
          owned  by the Borrower whether or not the Borrower has assumed or
          is otherwise liable for the payment thereof.

               "Interest Period" means  (i) in  the case of  a Quoted  Rate
          Advance, the number of  days mutually agreed by the  Borrower and
          the Bank  and (ii) in  the case of  a LIBOR Advance, one,  two or
          three months;  provided  that (a)  no  Interest Period  shall  be
          selected which will end after the Termination Date and (b) if the
          last day  of any Interest Period  would otherwise occur on  a day
          other than a Business Day, such Interest Period  shall end on the
          next succeeding Business Day, except that if such extension would
          cause the last day of any  Interest Period for a LIBOR Advance to
          occur in the next following  calendar month, such Interest Period
          shall end on the next preceding Business Day.

               "LIBOR" means, for  any Interest Period, the rate  per annum
          at which deposits  in United  States dollars are  offered by  the
          principal  office of  the Reference  Bank in  London, England  to
          prime  banks in the London interbank market at 11:00 A.M. (London
          time) two Business Days  (as defined below) before the  first day
          of such Interest Period  in an amount substantially equal  to the
          principal amount  of such Advance and for  a period equal to such
          Interest Period, provided that  if, on any date, it  shall become
          unlawful for the  Bank to continue to fund or maintain any amount
          hereunder at  LIBOR, or LIBOR shall  fail to reflect the  cost to
          Bank of  funding or  maintaining such  amount, such amount  shall
          bear  interest from  and after  such date  at the  Alternate Base
          Rate. 

               "Quoted Rate" means, for  any Interest Period, the rate  per
          annum offered  by the Bank to  the Borrower and agreed  to by the
          Borrower for such Interest Period, provided,  however, that if no
          rate per annum shall be agreed by the Borrower and the Bank prior
          to 1:00  p.m. (New York time)  on the first day  of such Interest
          Period  as the Quoted Rate  for such Interest  Period, the Quoted
          Rate for such  Interest Period  shall be equal  to the  Alternate
          Base Rate.  The Bank may give the Borrower a written confirmation
          of  the  principal  amount,   Quoted  Rate  and  Interest  Period
          applicable to  any Advance  bearing interest at  the Quoted  Rate
          and, unless the Borrower shall object thereto within one Business
          Day after receiving such confirmation, such confirmation shall be
          conclusive and binding for  all purposes.  If the  Borrower shall
          make a timely objection as to the rate or term  set forth in such
          confirmation, such Advances shall  bear interest at the Alternate
          Base Rate.
                3.  The duration of  any Interest  Period shall  in no  way
          affect  the Bank's right to demand payment hereunder at any time;
          provided that, unless the Bank shall have made a demand hereunder
          for  payment, the Borrower  shall have no  right to  prepay or to
          change the  interest rate basis  for any unpaid  principal amount
          bearing interest by reference  to LIBOR or the Quoted  Rate other
          than on the  last day of  the Interest Period  therefor.  To  the
          extent that  any unpaid principal amount hereof bears interest at
          the Alternate Base  Rate, the Borrower  may pay  all or any  part
          thereof on not less than three Business Days' notice to the Bank,
          together with accrued interest to the date of such payment on the
          amount paid.  

                4.  Both principal and interest hereunder are payable prior
          to 1:00  P.M. (New York City time) on the day for payment thereof
          (whether  upon demand or otherwise) in lawful money of the United
          States of America to the Bank at the office of the Reference Bank
          referred  to  above, in  same day  funds.   Whenever  any payment
          hereunder  shall be  stated to be  due on  a day  which is  not a
          Business Day, such payment  shall be made on the  next succeeding
          Business Day,  and such extension  of time shall in  such case be
          included  in  the  computation  of  payment  of  interest.    All
          computations of interest shall be  made by the Bank on  the basis
          of a year of 365 or 366 days  (if based on the Base Rate) or  360
          days (in the  case of any  other rate) for  the actual number  of
          days  (including the  first  day  but  excluding  the  last  day)
          occurring in the period for which such interest is payable.   The
          Borrower  hereby  authorizes the  Reference Bank,  if and  to the
          extent payment is  not made  when due hereunder,  to charge  from
          time to time  against any or all of the  Borrower's accounts with
          the  Reference Bank  (without notice  to the  Borrower)  and make
          available to the Bank any amount so due.  Any amount of principal
          or  interest which is  not paid when  due (whether on  demand, at
          stated   maturity,  by  acceleration  or  otherwise)  shall  bear
          interest from the  date on  which such amount  is due until  such
          amount is  paid in full, payable  on demand, at a  rate per annum
          equal at  all  times to  two  percent (2%)  per annum  above  the
          Alternate Base Rate.

                5.  The date and amount of each Advance, the interest  rate
          selection, the  Interest Period  applicable thereto (if  any) and
          all  payments made by the Borrower on account of principal hereof
          shall be recorded by the Bank and, prior to any  transfer of this
          Demand  Promissory Note, entered by the Bank on the grid attached
          hereto,  which is part  of this Demand  Promissory Note, provided
          that the Bank shall not be liable to the Borrower or to any other
          person for failure  to record any of the foregoing matters on the
          grid or otherwise in the Bank's records.  Such grid or such other
          record maintained by the  Bank shall, in the absence  of manifest
          error, be conclusive evidence of the matters so recorded.

               6.   Each Advance made  by the  Bank to  the Borrower  under
          this Demand Promissory Note shall be subject to  the satisfaction
          of  the  condition  precedent  to  funding  such  Advance  and  a
          representation by the  Borrower to  the Bank that  no default  or
          Event  of Default (as defined in such agreements) exist under any
          senior  credit  facilities  or  credit agreements  to  which  the
          Borrower  is a party on the date of and at the time of the making
          of such Advance by the Bank hereunder.

               7.   In  the event of an actual  or deemed entry of an order
          for  relief  with  respect  to  the  Borrower  under the  Federal
          Bankruptcy Code, this Demand Promissory Note, all interest hereon
          and all  other  amounts  payable  hereunder  shall  automatically
          become  and  be due  and  payable,  without presentment,  demand,
          protest or  any  notice of  any  kind, all  of which  are  hereby
          expressly waived by the Borrower.

               8.   If  the  Borrower  shall  default  in  any  payment  of
          principal of or  interest on  any Indebtedness  (other than  this
          Note)  after  the  expiration  of  the  applicable  grace  period
          provided for  in any  agreement, note or  instrument under  which
          such Indebtedness was  created, upon the happening of such event,
          without demand by the  Bank, all interest hereon and  all amounts
          due hereunder shall automatically become due and payable, without
          notice,  presentment or  protest of  any kind,  all of  which are
          expressly waived by the Borrower.

               9.   The  Borrower hereby  waives  presentment for  payment,
          demand, notice of dishonor and  protest of this Demand Promissory
          Note and, to the full extent permitted by law the  right to plead
          any  statute of limitations as a defense to any demand hereunder.
          The  Borrower agrees  to  pay on  demand  all losses,  costs  and
          expenses,   if  any  (including   reasonable  counsel   fees  and
          expenses), in  connection with  the enforcement  (whether through
          negotiations,  legal proceedings  or  otherwise) of  this  Demand
          Promissory Note and any other instruments and documents delivered
          in connection herewith, including, without limitation, reasonable
          counsel fees and expenses in connection therewith.  

               10.  This Demand  Promissory Note shall be  governed by, and
          construed in accordance with, the laws  of the State of New York.
          The Borrower hereby  consents to the personal jurisdiction of any
          court of  the United States or  the State of New  York sitting in
          New York City, New  York in any action or  proceeding arising out
          of  or  relating to  this Demand  Promissory  Note or  the Letter
          Agreement, agrees that all  claims in respect of any  such action
          or  proceeding  may be  heard and  determined  in such  court and
          waives the defense  of inconvenient forum  to the maintenance  of
          any such action or proceeding.

               IN  WITNESS WHEREOF,  the  Borrower has  caused this  Demand
          Promissory  Note  to  be  executed  and  delivered  by  its  duly
          authorized officer, as of the day and year and at the place first
          above written.


                                          OCEANEERING INTERNATIONAL, INC.



                                             By:                           
                             

                                             Title:                        
                             








     TRANSACTIONS ON DEMAND PROMISSORY NOTE OF OCEANEERING INTERNATIONAL, INC.
     IN FAVOR OF CITIBANK, N.A. dated March 29, 1996 
                                                                            

               Amount of                  
               Borrowing                              
               Made This     Interest     Interest     Amount of     Notation
      Date     Date           Period       Rate         Payment      Made  By 



                                                                         
       


                                                                         
       


                                                                         
       


                                                                         
       


                                                                         
       


                                                                         
       


                                                                         
       


                                                                         
       


                                                                         
       


                                                                         







          EXHIBIT B

          FORM OF OPINION OF BORROWER'S COUNSEL



          [Date]

          Citibank, N.A.
          399 Park Avenue
          New York, New York 10043

          Ladies and Gentlemen:

           This opinion is furnished  to you pursuant  to Section 3 of  the
          letter  agreement dated  as of               , 19    (the "Letter
          Agreement"), between                                         (the
          "Borrower") and you.   Terms defined in the Credit  Agreement are
          used herein as therein defined.

           We have acted as counsel for the Borrower in connection with the
          preparation, execution and delivery of  the Letter Agreement.  In
          that connection, we have examined: (1)  the Letter Agreement, (2)
          the  documents furnished by the Borrower pursuant to Section 3 of
          the  Letter  Agreement,  (3)  the   [Articles]  [Certificate]  of
          Incorporation  of the  Borrower and  all amendments  thereto (the
          "Charter"), (4)  the by-laws of  the Borrower and  all amendments
          thereto  (the "By-laws"), (5)  a certificate of  the Secretary of
          State of                 , dated                , 19  , attesting
          to  the continued  corporate existence  and good standing  of the
          Borrower in that State.  We have also examined the  originals, or
          copies certified to our satisfaction, of  the documents listed in
          a certificate  of the chief  financial officer  of the  Borrower,
          dated the  date hereof  (the "Certificate"), certifying  that the
          documents  listed in such certificate  are all of the indentures,
          loan  or   credit  agreements,  leases,   guarantees,  mortgages,
          security  agreements,  bonds,  notes   and  other  agreements  or
          instruments,  and all  of the  orders, writs,  judgments, awards,
          injunctions and  decrees, which affect  or purport to  affect the
          Borrower's right  to borrow  money or the  Borrower's obligations
          under  the Letter Agreement  or the Note.   In  addition, we have
          examined the originals, or  copies certified to our satisfaction,
          of such other corporate records of the Borrower, certificates  of
          public officials and of officers of the Borrower, and agreements,
          instruments and other documents, as we have deemed necessary as a
          basis for the opinions expressed below.   As to questions of fact
          material to such opinions, we  have, when relevant facts were not
          independently established by us,  relied upon certificates of the
          Borrower or its officers or of public officials.  We have assumed
          the due execution and delivery, pursuant to due authorization, of
          the Letter Agreement by the Bank.

           Based  upon the foregoing and upon such investigation as we have
          deemed necessary, we are of the following opinion:

             1.  The  Borrower is  a  corporation  duly  organized, validly
          existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of    .

             2.  The execution, delivery and performance  by  the  Borrower
               of  the  Letter  Agreement  and  the  Note  are  within  the
               Borrower's corporate  powers, have  been duly authorized  by
               all necessary  corporate action,  and do not  contravene (i)
               the  Charter or  the  By-laws  or  (ii)  any  law,  rule  or
               regulation  applicable to  the Borrower  (including, without
               limitation,  Regulation X of  the Board of  Governors of the
               Federal Reserve  System) or  (iii) any contractual  or legal
               restriction  contained  in   any  document  listed  in   the
               Certificate or, to the best  of our knowledge, contained  in
               any other similar  document.  The  Letter Agreement and  the
               Note  have been duly executed and delivered on behalf of the
               Borrower.

                  3.  No authorization, approval or other action by, and no
               notice  to or  filing  with, any  governmental authority  or
               regulatory body is required  for the due execution, delivery
               and performance by the Borrower  of the Letter Agreement and
               the Note [,  except for           , all of  which have  been
               duly obtained or made and are in full force and effect].

                  4.  The Letter Agreement and the Note are legal, valid and
               binding obligations of the Borrower  enforceable against the
               Borrower in  accordance with their respective terms, subject
               to the  effect  of any  applicable  bankruptcy,  insolvency,
               reorganization,   moratorium   or   similar  law   affecting
               creditors'  rights generally  and subject  to the  effect of
               general principles of equity, including (without limitation)
               concepts of materiality, reasonableness, good faith and fair
               dealing (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in
               equity or at law).  



                                       9

                  5.  To the best of our knowledge, there are no pending or
               overtly  threatened  actions   or  proceedings  against  the
               Borrower  or  any  of  its subsidiaries  before  any  court,
               governmental  agency or  arbitrator which purport  to affect
               the legality, validity, binding effect  or enforceability of
               the Letter Agreement or the Note or which are likely to have
               a materially adverse effect  upon the financial condition or
               operations of the Borrower or any of its subsidiaries.

                    [*6.  In  any action  or proceeding arising  out of  or
               relating to the Letter Agreement or the Note in any court of
               the State of             or in any federal  court sitting in
               the State of                , such court would recognize and
               give effect to the provisions of Section       of the Letter
               Agreement wherein the parties  thereto agree that the Letter
               Agreement  and the Note shall  be governed by, and construed
               in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.]

           We are qualified  to practice  law in the  State of             
          and we do not  purport to be experts  on any laws other  than the
          laws  of the State of              [, the General Corporation Law
          of the  State of Delaware]  and the  Federal laws  of the  United
          States.  [**For purposes of the opinion set forth in paragraph  4
          above, we  have assumed with your permission that the laws of the
          State of New York are identical to the laws of the State of      
                .]

                                                        Very truly yours,

          *     Include  if the Borrower is  located in a  state other than
          New York.

          **      Include if Borrower's counsel is not admitted in New
          York.
















                                       10





                           OCEANEERING INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                                1996 BONUS AWARD PLAN

          The 1996  Bonus Award Plan is approved  by the Company's Board of
          Directors  and   administered  by  its   Compensation  Committee.
          Individuals who are nominated and  approved for inclusion in  the
          Plan will be reviewed after final year end results are completed.
          Recommendations  for  cash  bonus awards  will  be  based  on the
          accomplishment of  results (Individual,  Profit Center  and Total
          Company) in order to determine the amount of award, if any, to be
          made.     People  must  be   amongst  the  nominated   group  for
          eligibility,  and be  employed  by the  Company  at the  time  of
          funding.   Bonuses  will be  earned when  paid.   Individuals, as
          designated, will be subject to a maximum bonus eligibility of 10%
          - 100% of current base salary.

          The  1996 Bonus Award Plan is based on achieving specific results
          by the Individual,  his Profit Center and the Total  Company.  In
          order to integrate each  of these performances in a  fashion that
          benefits   the   Shareholders  and   Employees,   each   item  is
          interrelated.  The  amount of award recommendation will  be based
          on the following methodology:

          Individual Coefficient

               The Individual  Coefficient  is  determined  by  taking  the
               individual's  weighted  average  evaluation   of  objectives
               achieved times the individual's salary maximum.  This is the
               beginning  step   in  determining  the  final   award.    An
               individual's performance must meet certain  minimum criteria
               or he is eliminated from bonus award consideration.

          Profit Center Results Contribution

               The Profit  Center Contribution  is determined by  comparing
               the  Profit Center  Net  Income Objective  with the  results
               achieved and determining the  Contribution to the Individual
               Coefficient.

               Should  the  Profit  Center  results be  below  a  specified
               amount, all  the individuals  in that  Profit Center  may be
               eliminated from the Award Program.  The President may review
               the performance of areas within the region on a case-by-case
               basis  and  take  appropriate  action.   Should  the  actual
               results be equal  to or greater than  such specified amount,
               the individual becomes eligible for an award.

          Oceaneering International, Inc. Results Contribution

               The Company Results Contribution is determined  by comparing
               the  Company's FY96  Net  Income Result  with the  Objective
               planned.  The results achieved determine the multiplier that
               will  be  used.   Thus, an  individual  may, subject  to the
               determined maximum, be recommended for an award equal to the
               Individual  Coefficient times the Profit Center Contribution
               times the  Company Results  Contribution times current  base
               salary.

          The 1996  Bonus Award Plan is in effect FY96.  A similar plan may
          or may not be approved for FY97.  It is  extremely important that
          the Company continue improved results  in FY96.  All participants
          must  be committed to a reward system based on achieving results.
          The  Company  is  entrepreneurially  oriented and  must  use  its
          maximum  creativity,   effort  and  determination   in  achieving
          individual results that collectively increases  its Shareholders'
          Net Wealth.  The  1996 Bonus Award  Plan is structured to  foster
          that position.

          June 30, 1995




 




                                   SUBSIDIARIES OF
                           OCEANEERING INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                                       Percentage of Ownership   Jurisdiction
                                           by Oceaneering              of
     Subsidiary                          International, Inc.     Organization


     Eastport International, Inc.                 100%           Delaware
     Monocean Oceaneering Engenharia
       Submarina Ltda.                            100%           Brazil
     Multiflex, Inc.                              100%           Texas
     Multiflex Limited                            100%           Scotland
     Multiflex U.K., Inc.                         100%           Texas
     Norsk Subsea Cable A/S                        49%           Norway
     Ocean Barge Limited Partnership               75%           Texas
     Ocean Systems Do Brasil Servicos 
       Subaquaticos Ltda.                         100%           Brazil
     Ocean Systems Engineering, Inc.              100%           Texas
     Ocean Systems Engineering Limited            100%           England
     Oceaneering Arabia Ltd.                       50%           Saudi Arabia
     Oceaneering A/S                              100%           Norway
     Oceaneering Australia Pty. Limited            50%           Australia
     Oceaneering do Brasil Servicos         
            Submarinos Ltda.                      100%           Brazil
     Oceaneering FSC, Inc.                        100%           Barbados
     Oceaneering International AG                 100%           Switzerland
     Oceaneering International (Ireland) Limited  100%           Ireland
     Oceaneering International (M) Sdn. Bhd.      100%           Malaysia
     Oceaneering International (Netherlands) B.V. 100%           Netherlands
     Oceaneering International Pte Ltd            100%           Singapore
     Oceaneering International, S.A. de C.V.      100%           Mexico
     Oceaneering International Services Limited   100%           England
     Oceaneering International (Sharjah) Limited  100%           Sharjah
     Oceaneering Limited                          100%           Canada
     Oceaneering Space Systems, Inc.              100%           Delaware
     Oceaneering Survey, Inc.                     100%           Delaware
     Oceaneering Technologies, Inc.               100%           Delaware
     Oceaneering Underwater GmbH                  100%           Switzerland
     Oceanteam A/S                                 50%           Norway
     Oceanteam UK Limited                         100%           Scotland
     Oil Industry Engineering, Inc.               100%           Texas
     P. T. Calmarine                               50%           Indonesia
     QAF-Solus Offshore Sdn Bhd                    50%           Brunei
     Servicios Marinos Oceaneering Chile Limitada 100%           Chile
     Solus Emirates                                49%           U.A.E.
     Solus Ocean Systems, Inc.                    100%           Delaware
     Solus Oceaneering (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd.        49%           Malaysia
     Solus Offshore Ltd.                          100%           Cayman Islands
     Solus Schall Limited                         100%           England
     Solus Schall (Nigeria) Limited                50%           Nigeria
     Specialty Wire and Cable Company, Inc.       100%           Texas
     Steadfast Oceaneering, Inc.                  100%           Virginia
     Stolt-Comex Seaway Tecnologia Submarina S.A.  20%           Brazil







          EXHIBIT 23


                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

          As  independent  public  accountants,  we  hereby  consent  to   the
          incorporation by reference of  our report included in this Form  10-
          K,  into  the  Company's  previously  filed  Form  S-8  Registration
          Statements filed on  May 11,  1982 (Reg. No. 2-77451),  November 22,
          1982 (Reg. No.  2-80506), July  13, 1988  (Reg. No. 33-23059),  June
          12, 1989 (Reg. No.  33-29277), and September 24, 1990 (Reg. No.  33-
          36872).





          ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

          Houston, Texas
          June 19, 1996 

 


                                  POWER OF ATTORNEY



               WHEREAS,   OCEANEERING   INTERNATIONAL,  INC.,   a  Delaware
          corporation ("Company"), intends to  file with the Securities and
          Exchange  Commission ("Commission") under the Securities Exchange
          Act of 1934,  as amended ("Act"), an  Annual Report on  Form 10-K
          for the fiscal  year ended March 31, 1996 ("10-K"),  with any and
          all exhibits and/or amendments to such 10-K, and other  documents
          in connection therewith.

               NOW,  THEREFORE,  the  undersigned  in  his  capacity  as  a
          director or officer or both, as  the case may be, of the Company,
          does hereby appoint JOHN R. HUFF,  MARVIN J. MIGURA and GEORGE R.
          HAUBENREICH,  JR. and each of them severally, his true and lawful
          attorney or attorneys with power to act with or without the other
          and  with  full  power  of substitution  and  resubstitution,  to
          execute  in  his name,  place  and  stead in  his  capacity as  a
          director, officer  or both, as the  case may be, of  the Company,
          said  10-K and any and all amendments thereto and all instruments
          necessary or incidental in  connection therewith and to  file the
          same with the Commission.  Each of said attorneys shall have full
          power and authority to do  and perform in the name and  on behalf
          of the undersigned in any and all capacities every act whatsoever
          necessary or desirable to be done in the premises as fully and to
          all intents and purposes as the undersigned might  or could do in
          person, the  undersigned hereby ratifying and  approving the acts
          of said attorneys and each of them.

               IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  undersigned  has  executed  this
          instrument on this 21st day of June, 1996.



                                        //s// D. MICHAEL HUGHES       






                                  POWER OF ATTORNEY



               WHEREAS,   OCEANEERING   INTERNATIONAL,  INC.,   a  Delaware
          corporation ("Company"), intends to  file with the Securities and
          Exchange  Commission ("Commission") under the Securities Exchange
          Act of 1934,  as amended ("Act"), an  Annual Report on  Form 10-K
          for the fiscal  year ended March 31, 1996 ("10-K"),  with any and
          all exhibits and/or amendments to such 10-K, and other  documents
          in connection therewith.

               NOW,  THEREFORE,  the  undersigned  in  his  capacity  as  a
          director or officer or both, as  the case may be, of the Company,
          does hereby appoint JOHN R. HUFF,  MARVIN J. MIGURA and GEORGE R.
          HAUBENREICH,  JR. and each of them severally, his true and lawful
          attorney or attorneys with power to act with or without the other
          and  with  full  power  of substitution  and  resubstitution,  to
          execute  in  his name,  place  and  stead in  his  capacity as  a
          director, officer  or both, as the  case may be, of  the Company,
          said  10-K and any and all amendments thereto and all instruments
          necessary or incidental in  connection therewith and to  file the
          same with the Commission.  Each of said attorneys shall have full
          power and authority to do  and perform in the name and  on behalf
          of the undersigned in any and all capacities every act whatsoever
          necessary or desirable to be done in the premises as fully and to
          all intents and purposes as the undersigned might  or could do in
          person, the  undersigned hereby ratifying and  approving the acts
          of said attorneys and each of them.

               IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  undersigned  has  executed  this
          instrument on this 21st day of June, 1996.



                                        //s// CHARLES B. EVANS







                                  POWER OF ATTORNEY



               WHEREAS,   OCEANEERING   INTERNATIONAL,  INC.,   a  Delaware
          corporation ("Company"), intends to  file with the Securities and
          Exchange  Commission ("Commission") under the Securities Exchange
          Act of 1934,  as amended ("Act"), an  Annual Report on  Form 10-K
          for the fiscal  year ended March 31, 1996 ("10-K"),  with any and
          all exhibits and/or amendments to such 10-K, and other  documents
          in connection therewith.

               NOW,  THEREFORE,  the  undersigned  in  his  capacity  as  a
          director or officer or both, as  the case may be, of the Company,
          does hereby appoint JOHN R. HUFF,  MARVIN J. MIGURA and GEORGE R.
          HAUBENREICH,  JR. and each of them severally, his true and lawful
          attorney or attorneys with power to act with or without the other
          and  with  full  power  of substitution  and  resubstitution,  to
          execute  in  his name,  place  and  stead in  his  capacity as  a
          director, officer  or both, as the  case may be, of  the Company,
          said  10-K and any and all amendments thereto and all instruments
          necessary or incidental in  connection therewith and to  file the
          same with the Commission.  Each of said attorneys shall have full
          power and authority to do  and perform in the name and  on behalf
          of the undersigned in any and all capacities every act whatsoever
          necessary or desirable to be done in the premises as fully and to
          all intents and purposes as the undersigned might  or could do in
          person, the  undersigned hereby ratifying and  approving the acts
          of said attorneys and each of them.

               IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  undersigned  has  executed  this
          instrument on this 21st day of June, 1996.



                                        //s// DAVID S. HOOKER








                                  POWER OF ATTORNEY



               WHEREAS,   OCEANEERING   INTERNATIONAL,  INC.,   a  Delaware
          corporation ("Company"), intends to  file with the Securities and
          Exchange  Commission ("Commission") under the Securities Exchange
          Act of 1934,  as amended ("Act"), an  Annual Report on  Form 10-K
          for the fiscal  year ended March 31, 1996 ("10-K"),  with any and
          all exhibits and/or amendments to such 10-K, and other  documents
          in connection therewith.

               NOW,  THEREFORE,  the  undersigned  in  his  capacity  as  a
          director or officer or both, as  the case may be, of the Company,
          does hereby appoint JOHN R. HUFF,  MARVIN J. MIGURA and GEORGE R.
          HAUBENREICH,  JR. and each of them severally, his true and lawful
          attorney or attorneys with power to act with or without the other
          and  with  full  power  of substitution  and  resubstitution,  to
          execute  in  his name,  place  and  stead in  his  capacity as  a
          director, officer  or both, as the  case may be, of  the Company,
          said  10-K and any and all amendments thereto and all instruments
          necessary or incidental in  connection therewith and to  file the
          same with the Commission.  Each of said attorneys shall have full
          power and authority to do  and perform in the name and  on behalf
          of the undersigned in any and all capacities every act whatsoever
          necessary or desirable to be done in the premises as fully and to
          all intents and purposes as the undersigned might  or could do in
          person, the  undersigned hereby ratifying and  approving the acts
          of said attorneys and each of them.

               IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  undersigned  has  executed  this
          instrument on this 21st day of June, 1996.



                                        //s// JOHN R. HUFF       










<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
This schedule contains summary financial information extracted from the
financial statements filed as part of the Company's 10-K and is qualified in its
entirety by reference to such financial statements.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          MAR-31-1996
<PERIOD-END>                               MAR-31-1996
<CASH>                                           9,351
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                   97,592
<ALLOWANCES>                                     1,201
<INVENTORY>                                          0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               110,475
<PP&E>                                         273,382
<DEPRECIATION>                                 145,105
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 256,096
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                           68,048
<BONDS>                                         48,000
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                         6,004
<OTHER-SE>                                     121,094
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   256,096
<SALES>                                        289,506
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               289,506
<CGS>                                          234,731
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  234,731
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                     0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                               2,286
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                 19,852
<INCOME-TAX>                                     7,495
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                             12,357
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                    12,357
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                      .53
<EPS-DILUTED>                                      .53
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission